linux-stable/net/bridge/br_netlink.c

1951 lines
56 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
/*
* Bridge netlink control interface
*
* Authors:
* Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
*/
#include <linux/kernel.h>
include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
2010-03-24 08:04:11 +00:00
#include <linux/slab.h>
#include <linux/etherdevice.h>
#include <net/rtnetlink.h>
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-17 18:56:21 +00:00
#include <net/net_namespace.h>
#include <net/sock.h>
#include <uapi/linux/if_bridge.h>
#include "br_private.h"
#include "br_private_stp.h"
bridge: cfm: Netlink GET configuration Interface. This is the implementation of CFM netlink configuration get information interface. Add new nested netlink attributes. These attributes are used by the user space to get configuration information. GETLINK: Request filter RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_CONFIG: Indicating that CFM configuration information must be delivered. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM: Points to the CFM information. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_INFO: This indicate that MEP instance create parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_INFO: This indicate that MEP instance config parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_INFO: This indicate that MEP instance CC functionality parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI_INFO: This indicate that CC transmitted CCM PDU RDI parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_INFO: This indicate that CC transmitted CCM PDU parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEP_INFO: This indicate that the added peer MEP IDs are following. CFM nested attribute has the following attributes in next level. GETLINK RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_CONFIG: IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_INSTANCE: The created MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_DOMAIN: The created MEP domain. The type is u32 (br_cfm_domain). It must be BR_CFM_PORT. This means that CFM frames are transmitted and received directly on the port - untagged. Not in a VLAN. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_DIRECTION: The created MEP direction. The type is u32 (br_cfm_mep_direction). It must be BR_CFM_MEP_DIRECTION_DOWN. This means that CFM frames are transmitted and received on the port. Not in the bridge. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_IFINDEX: The created MEP residence port ifindex. The type is u32 (ifindex). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_DELETE_INSTANCE: The deleted MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_UNICAST_MAC: The configured MEP unicast MAC address. The type is 6*u8 (array). This is used as SMAC in all transmitted CFM frames. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_MDLEVEL: The configured MEP unicast MD level. The type is u32. It must be in the range 1-7. No CFM frames are passing through this MEP on lower levels. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_MEPID: The configured MEP ID. The type is u32. It must be in the range 0-0x1FFF. This MEP ID is inserted in any transmitted CCM frame. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_ENABLE: The Continuity Check (CC) functionality is enabled or disabled. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_INTERVAL: The CC expected receive interval of CCM frames. The type is u32 (br_cfm_ccm_interval). This is also the transmission interval of CCM frames when enabled. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_MAID: The CC expected receive MAID in CCM frames. The type is CFM_MAID_LENGTH*u8. This is MAID is also inserted in transmitted CCM frames. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEP_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEPID: The CC Peer MEP ID added. The type is u32. When a Peer MEP ID is added and CC is enabled it is expected to receive CCM frames from that Peer MEP. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI_RDI: The RDI that is inserted in transmitted CCM PDU. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_DMAC: The transmitted CCM frame destination MAC address. The type is 6*u8 (array). This is used as DMAC in all transmitted CFM frames. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_SEQ_NO_UPDATE: The transmitted CCM frame update (increment) of sequence number is enabled or disabled. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_PERIOD: The period of time where CCM frame are transmitted. The type is u32. The time is given in seconds. SETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX must be done before timeout to keep transmission alive. When period is zero any ongoing CCM frame transmission will be stopped. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_IF_TLV: The transmitted CCM frame update with Interface Status TLV is enabled or disabled. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_IF_TLV_VALUE: The transmitted Interface Status TLV value field. The type is u8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_PORT_TLV: The transmitted CCM frame update with Port Status TLV is enabled or disabled. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_PORT_TLV_VALUE: The transmitted Port Status TLV value field. The type is u8. Signed-off-by: Henrik Bjoernlund <henrik.bjoernlund@microchip.com> Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-27 10:02:49 +00:00
#include "br_private_cfm.h"
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
#include "br_private_tunnel.h"
#include "br_private_mcast_eht.h"
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
static int __get_num_vlan_infos(struct net_bridge_vlan_group *vg,
u32 filter_mask)
{
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
struct net_bridge_vlan *v;
u16 vid_range_start = 0, vid_range_end = 0, vid_range_flags = 0;
u16 flags, pvid;
int num_vlans = 0;
if (!(filter_mask & RTEXT_FILTER_BRVLAN_COMPRESSED))
return 0;
pvid = br_get_pvid(vg);
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
/* Count number of vlan infos */
list_for_each_entry_rcu(v, &vg->vlan_list, vlist) {
flags = 0;
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
/* only a context, bridge vlan not activated */
if (!br_vlan_should_use(v))
continue;
if (v->vid == pvid)
flags |= BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID;
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
if (v->flags & BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_UNTAGGED)
flags |= BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_UNTAGGED;
if (vid_range_start == 0) {
goto initvars;
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
} else if ((v->vid - vid_range_end) == 1 &&
flags == vid_range_flags) {
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
vid_range_end = v->vid;
continue;
} else {
if ((vid_range_end - vid_range_start) > 0)
num_vlans += 2;
else
num_vlans += 1;
}
initvars:
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
vid_range_start = v->vid;
vid_range_end = v->vid;
vid_range_flags = flags;
}
if (vid_range_start != 0) {
if ((vid_range_end - vid_range_start) > 0)
num_vlans += 2;
else
num_vlans += 1;
}
return num_vlans;
}
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
static int br_get_num_vlan_infos(struct net_bridge_vlan_group *vg,
u32 filter_mask)
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
{
int num_vlans;
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
if (!vg)
return 0;
if (filter_mask & RTEXT_FILTER_BRVLAN)
return vg->num_vlans;
rcu_read_lock();
num_vlans = __get_num_vlan_infos(vg, filter_mask);
rcu_read_unlock();
return num_vlans;
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
}
static size_t br_get_link_af_size_filtered(const struct net_device *dev,
u32 filter_mask)
{
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
struct net_bridge_vlan_group *vg = NULL;
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
struct net_bridge_port *p = NULL;
bridge: cfm: Netlink Notifications. This is the implementation of Netlink notifications out of CFM. Notifications are initiated whenever a state change happens in CFM. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM: Points to the CFM information. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the MEP instance status are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the peer MEP status are following. CFM nested attribute has the following attributes in next level. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_OPCODE_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected Opcode. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_VERSION_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected version. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_RX_LEVEL_LOW_SEEN: The MEP instance received CCM PDU with MD level lower than configured level. This frame is discarded. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PEER_MEPID: The added Peer MEP ID of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_CCM_DEFECT: The CCM defect status. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). True means no CCM frame is received for 3.25 intervals. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_INTERVAL. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_RDI: The last received CCM PDU RDI. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PORT_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Port Status TLV value field. The type is NLA_U8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_IF_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Interface Status TLV value field. The type is NLA_U8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEEN: A CCM frame has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_TLV_SEEN: A CCM frame with TLV has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEQ_UNEXP_SEEN: A CCM frame with unexpected sequence number has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). When a sequence number is not one higher than previously received then it is unexpected. This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. Signed-off-by: Henrik Bjoernlund <henrik.bjoernlund@microchip.com> Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-27 10:02:51 +00:00
struct net_bridge *br = NULL;
u32 num_cfm_peer_mep_infos;
u32 num_cfm_mep_infos;
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
size_t vinfo_sz = 0;
bridge: cfm: Netlink Notifications. This is the implementation of Netlink notifications out of CFM. Notifications are initiated whenever a state change happens in CFM. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM: Points to the CFM information. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the MEP instance status are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the peer MEP status are following. CFM nested attribute has the following attributes in next level. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_OPCODE_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected Opcode. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_VERSION_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected version. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_RX_LEVEL_LOW_SEEN: The MEP instance received CCM PDU with MD level lower than configured level. This frame is discarded. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PEER_MEPID: The added Peer MEP ID of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_CCM_DEFECT: The CCM defect status. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). True means no CCM frame is received for 3.25 intervals. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_INTERVAL. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_RDI: The last received CCM PDU RDI. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PORT_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Port Status TLV value field. The type is NLA_U8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_IF_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Interface Status TLV value field. The type is NLA_U8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEEN: A CCM frame has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_TLV_SEEN: A CCM frame with TLV has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEQ_UNEXP_SEEN: A CCM frame with unexpected sequence number has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). When a sequence number is not one higher than previously received then it is unexpected. This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. Signed-off-by: Henrik Bjoernlund <henrik.bjoernlund@microchip.com> Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-27 10:02:51 +00:00
int num_vlan_infos;
rcu_read_lock();
if (netif_is_bridge_port(dev)) {
bridge: Fix possible races between assigning rx_handler_data and setting IFF_BRIDGE_PORT bit There is a crash in the function br_get_link_af_size_filtered, as the port_exists(dev) is true and the rx_handler_data of dev is NULL. But the rx_handler_data of dev is correct saved in vmcore. The oops looks something like: ... pc : br_get_link_af_size_filtered+0x28/0x1c8 [bridge] ... Call trace: br_get_link_af_size_filtered+0x28/0x1c8 [bridge] if_nlmsg_size+0x180/0x1b0 rtnl_calcit.isra.12+0xf8/0x148 rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x334/0x370 netlink_rcv_skb+0x64/0x130 rtnetlink_rcv+0x28/0x38 netlink_unicast+0x1f0/0x250 netlink_sendmsg+0x310/0x378 sock_sendmsg+0x4c/0x70 __sys_sendto+0x120/0x150 __arm64_sys_sendto+0x30/0x40 el0_svc_common+0x78/0x130 el0_svc_handler+0x38/0x78 el0_svc+0x8/0xc In br_add_if(), we found there is no guarantee that assigning rx_handler_data to dev->rx_handler_data will before setting the IFF_BRIDGE_PORT bit of priv_flags. So there is a possible data competition: CPU 0: CPU 1: (RCU read lock) (RTNL lock) rtnl_calcit() br_add_slave() if_nlmsg_size() br_add_if() br_get_link_af_size_filtered() -> netdev_rx_handler_register ... // The order is not guaranteed ... -> dev->priv_flags |= IFF_BRIDGE_PORT; // The IFF_BRIDGE_PORT bit of priv_flags has been set -> if (br_port_exists(dev)) { // The dev->rx_handler_data has NOT been assigned -> p = br_port_get_rcu(dev); .... -> rcu_assign_pointer(dev->rx_handler_data, rx_handler_data); ... Fix it in br_get_link_af_size_filtered, using br_port_get_check_rcu() and checking the return value. Signed-off-by: Zhang Zhengming <zhangzhengming@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Zhao Lei <zhaolei69@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Wang Xiaogang <wangxiaogang3@huawei.com> Suggested-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-04-28 14:38:14 +00:00
p = br_port_get_check_rcu(dev);
if (p)
vg = nbp_vlan_group_rcu(p);
} else if (netif_is_bridge_master(dev)) {
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
br = netdev_priv(dev);
vg = br_vlan_group_rcu(br);
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
}
num_vlan_infos = br_get_num_vlan_infos(vg, filter_mask);
rcu_read_unlock();
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
if (p && (p->flags & BR_VLAN_TUNNEL))
vinfo_sz += br_get_vlan_tunnel_info_size(vg);
/* Each VLAN is returned in bridge_vlan_info along with flags */
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
vinfo_sz += num_vlan_infos * nla_total_size(sizeof(struct bridge_vlan_info));
if (p && vg && (filter_mask & RTEXT_FILTER_MST))
vinfo_sz += br_mst_info_size(vg);
bridge: cfm: Netlink Notifications. This is the implementation of Netlink notifications out of CFM. Notifications are initiated whenever a state change happens in CFM. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM: Points to the CFM information. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the MEP instance status are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the peer MEP status are following. CFM nested attribute has the following attributes in next level. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_OPCODE_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected Opcode. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_VERSION_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected version. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_RX_LEVEL_LOW_SEEN: The MEP instance received CCM PDU with MD level lower than configured level. This frame is discarded. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PEER_MEPID: The added Peer MEP ID of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_CCM_DEFECT: The CCM defect status. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). True means no CCM frame is received for 3.25 intervals. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_INTERVAL. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_RDI: The last received CCM PDU RDI. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PORT_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Port Status TLV value field. The type is NLA_U8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_IF_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Interface Status TLV value field. The type is NLA_U8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEEN: A CCM frame has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_TLV_SEEN: A CCM frame with TLV has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEQ_UNEXP_SEEN: A CCM frame with unexpected sequence number has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). When a sequence number is not one higher than previously received then it is unexpected. This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. Signed-off-by: Henrik Bjoernlund <henrik.bjoernlund@microchip.com> Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-27 10:02:51 +00:00
if (!(filter_mask & RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_STATUS))
return vinfo_sz;
if (!br)
return vinfo_sz;
/* CFM status info must be added */
br_cfm_mep_count(br, &num_cfm_mep_infos);
br_cfm_peer_mep_count(br, &num_cfm_peer_mep_infos);
vinfo_sz += nla_total_size(0); /* IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM */
/* For each status struct the MEP instance (u32) is added */
/* MEP instance (u32) + br_cfm_mep_status */
vinfo_sz += num_cfm_mep_infos *
/*IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INSTANCE */
(nla_total_size(sizeof(u32))
/* IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_OPCODE_UNEXP_SEEN */
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u32))
/* IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_VERSION_UNEXP_SEEN */
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u32))
/* IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_RX_LEVEL_LOW_SEEN */
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u32)));
/* MEP instance (u32) + br_cfm_cc_peer_status */
vinfo_sz += num_cfm_peer_mep_infos *
/* IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INSTANCE */
(nla_total_size(sizeof(u32))
/* IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PEER_MEPID */
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u32))
/* IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_CCM_DEFECT */
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u32))
/* IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_RDI */
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u32))
/* IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PORT_TLV_VALUE */
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u8))
/* IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_IF_TLV_VALUE */
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u8))
/* IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEEN */
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u32))
/* IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_TLV_SEEN */
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u32))
/* IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEQ_UNEXP_SEEN */
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u32)));
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
return vinfo_sz;
}
static inline size_t br_port_info_size(void)
{
return nla_total_size(1) /* IFLA_BRPORT_STATE */
+ nla_total_size(2) /* IFLA_BRPORT_PRIORITY */
+ nla_total_size(4) /* IFLA_BRPORT_COST */
+ nla_total_size(1) /* IFLA_BRPORT_MODE */
+ nla_total_size(1) /* IFLA_BRPORT_GUARD */
+ nla_total_size(1) /* IFLA_BRPORT_PROTECT */
+ nla_total_size(1) /* IFLA_BRPORT_FAST_LEAVE */
+ nla_total_size(1) /* IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_TO_UCAST */
+ nla_total_size(1) /* IFLA_BRPORT_LEARNING */
+ nla_total_size(1) /* IFLA_BRPORT_UNICAST_FLOOD */
+ nla_total_size(1) /* IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_FLOOD */
+ nla_total_size(1) /* IFLA_BRPORT_BCAST_FLOOD */
+ nla_total_size(1) /* IFLA_BRPORT_PROXYARP */
+ nla_total_size(1) /* IFLA_BRPORT_PROXYARP_WIFI */
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
+ nla_total_size(1) /* IFLA_BRPORT_VLAN_TUNNEL */
+ nla_total_size(1) /* IFLA_BRPORT_NEIGH_SUPPRESS */
+ nla_total_size(1) /* IFLA_BRPORT_ISOLATED */
+ nla_total_size(1) /* IFLA_BRPORT_LOCKED */
bridge: Add MAC Authentication Bypass (MAB) support Hosts that support 802.1X authentication are able to authenticate themselves by exchanging EAPOL frames with an authenticator (Ethernet bridge, in this case) and an authentication server. Access to the network is only granted by the authenticator to successfully authenticated hosts. The above is implemented in the bridge using the "locked" bridge port option. When enabled, link-local frames (e.g., EAPOL) can be locally received by the bridge, but all other frames are dropped unless the host is authenticated. That is, unless the user space control plane installed an FDB entry according to which the source address of the frame is located behind the locked ingress port. The entry can be dynamic, in which case learning needs to be enabled so that the entry will be refreshed by incoming traffic. There are deployments in which not all the devices connected to the authenticator (the bridge) support 802.1X. Such devices can include printers and cameras. One option to support such deployments is to unlock the bridge ports connecting these devices, but a slightly more secure option is to use MAB. When MAB is enabled, the MAC address of the connected device is used as the user name and password for the authentication. For MAB to work, the user space control plane needs to be notified about MAC addresses that are trying to gain access so that they will be compared against an allow list. This can be implemented via the regular learning process with the sole difference that learned FDB entries are installed with a new "locked" flag indicating that the entry cannot be used to authenticate the device. The flag cannot be set by user space, but user space can clear the flag by replacing the entry, thereby authenticating the device. Locked FDB entries implement the following semantics with regards to roaming, aging and forwarding: 1. Roaming: Locked FDB entries can roam to unlocked (authorized) ports, in which case the "locked" flag is cleared. FDB entries cannot roam to locked ports regardless of MAB being enabled or not. Therefore, locked FDB entries are only created if an FDB entry with the given {MAC, VID} does not already exist. This behavior prevents unauthenticated devices from disrupting traffic destined to already authenticated devices. 2. Aging: Locked FDB entries age and refresh by incoming traffic like regular entries. 3. Forwarding: Locked FDB entries forward traffic like regular entries. If user space detects an unauthorized MAC behind a locked port and wishes to prevent traffic with this MAC DA from reaching the host, it can do so using tc or a different mechanism. Enable the above behavior using a new bridge port option called "mab". It can only be enabled on a bridge port that is both locked and has learning enabled. Locked FDB entries are flushed from the port once MAB is disabled. A new option is added because there are pure 802.1X deployments that are not interested in notifications about locked FDB entries. Signed-off-by: Hans J. Schultz <netdev@kapio-technology.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-01 19:39:21 +00:00
+ nla_total_size(1) /* IFLA_BRPORT_MAB */
+ nla_total_size(1) /* IFLA_BRPORT_NEIGH_VLAN_SUPPRESS */
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(struct ifla_bridge_id)) /* IFLA_BRPORT_ROOT_ID */
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(struct ifla_bridge_id)) /* IFLA_BRPORT_BRIDGE_ID */
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u16)) /* IFLA_BRPORT_DESIGNATED_PORT */
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u16)) /* IFLA_BRPORT_DESIGNATED_COST */
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u16)) /* IFLA_BRPORT_ID */
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u16)) /* IFLA_BRPORT_NO */
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u8)) /* IFLA_BRPORT_TOPOLOGY_CHANGE_ACK */
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u8)) /* IFLA_BRPORT_CONFIG_PENDING */
+ nla_total_size_64bit(sizeof(u64)) /* IFLA_BRPORT_MESSAGE_AGE_TIMER */
+ nla_total_size_64bit(sizeof(u64)) /* IFLA_BRPORT_FORWARD_DELAY_TIMER */
+ nla_total_size_64bit(sizeof(u64)) /* IFLA_BRPORT_HOLD_TIMER */
#ifdef CONFIG_BRIDGE_IGMP_SNOOPING
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u8)) /* IFLA_BRPORT_MULTICAST_ROUTER */
net: bridge: Add netlink knobs for number / maximum MDB entries The previous patch added accounting for number of MDB entries per port and per port-VLAN, and the logic to verify that these values stay within configured bounds. However it didn't provide means to actually configure those bounds or read the occupancy. This patch does that. Two new netlink attributes are added for the MDB occupancy: IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_N_GROUPS for the per-port occupancy and BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY_MCAST_N_GROUPS for the per-port-VLAN occupancy. And another two for the maximum number of MDB entries: IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_MAX_GROUPS for the per-port maximum, and BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY_MCAST_MAX_GROUPS for the per-port-VLAN one. Note that the two new IFLA_BRPORT_ attributes prompt bumping of RTNL_SLAVE_MAX_TYPE to size the slave attribute tables large enough. The new attributes are used like this: # ip link add name br up type bridge vlan_filtering 1 mcast_snooping 1 \ mcast_vlan_snooping 1 mcast_querier 1 # ip link set dev v1 master br # bridge vlan add dev v1 vid 2 # bridge vlan set dev v1 vid 1 mcast_max_groups 1 # bridge mdb add dev br port v1 grp 230.1.2.3 temp vid 1 # bridge mdb add dev br port v1 grp 230.1.2.4 temp vid 1 Error: bridge: Port-VLAN is already in 1 groups, and mcast_max_groups=1. # bridge link set dev v1 mcast_max_groups 1 # bridge mdb add dev br port v1 grp 230.1.2.3 temp vid 2 Error: bridge: Port is already in 1 groups, and mcast_max_groups=1. # bridge -d link show 5: v1@v2: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 master br [...] [...] mcast_n_groups 1 mcast_max_groups 1 # bridge -d vlan show port vlan-id br 1 PVID Egress Untagged state forwarding mcast_router 1 v1 1 PVID Egress Untagged [...] mcast_n_groups 1 mcast_max_groups 1 2 [...] mcast_n_groups 0 mcast_max_groups 0 Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-02 17:59:26 +00:00
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u32)) /* IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_N_GROUPS */
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u32)) /* IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_MAX_GROUPS */
#endif
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u16)) /* IFLA_BRPORT_GROUP_FWD_MASK */
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u8)) /* IFLA_BRPORT_MRP_RING_OPEN */
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u8)) /* IFLA_BRPORT_MRP_IN_OPEN */
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u32)) /* IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_EHT_HOSTS_LIMIT */
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u32)) /* IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_EHT_HOSTS_CNT */
bridge: Add backup nexthop ID support Add a new bridge port attribute that allows attaching a nexthop object ID to an skb that is redirected to a backup bridge port with VLAN tunneling enabled. Specifically, when redirecting a known unicast packet, read the backup nexthop ID from the bridge port that lost its carrier and set it in the bridge control block of the skb before forwarding it via the backup port. Note that reading the ID from the bridge port should not result in a cache miss as the ID is added next to the 'backup_port' field that was already accessed. After this change, the 'state' field still stays on the first cache line, together with other data path related fields such as 'flags and 'vlgrp': struct net_bridge_port { struct net_bridge * br; /* 0 8 */ struct net_device * dev; /* 8 8 */ netdevice_tracker dev_tracker; /* 16 0 */ struct list_head list; /* 16 16 */ long unsigned int flags; /* 32 8 */ struct net_bridge_vlan_group * vlgrp; /* 40 8 */ struct net_bridge_port * backup_port; /* 48 8 */ u32 backup_nhid; /* 56 4 */ u8 priority; /* 60 1 */ u8 state; /* 61 1 */ u16 port_no; /* 62 2 */ /* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) --- */ [...] } __attribute__((__aligned__(8))); When forwarding an skb via a bridge port that has VLAN tunneling enabled, check if the backup nexthop ID stored in the bridge control block is valid (i.e., not zero). If so, instead of attaching the pre-allocated metadata (that only has the tunnel key set), allocate a new metadata, set both the tunnel key and the nexthop object ID and attach it to the skb. By default, do not dump the new attribute to user space as a value of zero is an invalid nexthop object ID. The above is useful for EVPN multihoming. When one of the links composing an Ethernet Segment (ES) fails, traffic needs to be redirected towards the host via one of the other ES peers. For example, if a host is multihomed to three different VTEPs, the backup port of each ES link needs to be set to the VXLAN device and the backup nexthop ID needs to point to an FDB nexthop group that includes the IP addresses of the other two VTEPs. The VXLAN driver will extract the ID from the metadata of the redirected skb, calculate its flow hash and forward it towards one of the other VTEPs. If the ID does not exist, or represents an invalid nexthop object, the VXLAN driver will drop the skb. This relieves the bridge driver from the need to validate the ID. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-07-17 08:12:28 +00:00
+ nla_total_size(sizeof(u32)) /* IFLA_BRPORT_BACKUP_NHID */
+ 0;
}
static inline size_t br_nlmsg_size(struct net_device *dev, u32 filter_mask)
{
return NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct ifinfomsg))
+ nla_total_size(IFNAMSIZ) /* IFLA_IFNAME */
+ nla_total_size(MAX_ADDR_LEN) /* IFLA_ADDRESS */
+ nla_total_size(4) /* IFLA_MASTER */
+ nla_total_size(4) /* IFLA_MTU */
+ nla_total_size(4) /* IFLA_LINK */
+ nla_total_size(1) /* IFLA_OPERSTATE */
+ nla_total_size(br_port_info_size()) /* IFLA_PROTINFO */
+ nla_total_size(br_get_link_af_size_filtered(dev,
net: bridge: add support for backup port This patch adds a new port attribute - IFLA_BRPORT_BACKUP_PORT, which allows to set a backup port to be used for known unicast traffic if the port has gone carrier down. The backup pointer is rcu protected and set only under RTNL, a counter is maintained so when deleting a port we know how many other ports reference it as a backup and we remove it from all. Also the pointer is in the first cache line which is hot at the time of the check and thus in the common case we only add one more test. The backup port will be used only for the non-flooding case since it's a part of the bridge and the flooded packets will be forwarded to it anyway. To remove the forwarding just send a 0/non-existing backup port. This is used to avoid numerous scalability problems when using MLAG most notably if we have thousands of fdbs one would need to change all of them on port carrier going down which takes too long and causes a storm of fdb notifications (and again when the port comes back up). In a Multi-chassis Link Aggregation setup usually hosts are connected to two different switches which act as a single logical switch. Those switches usually have a control and backup link between them called peerlink which might be used for communication in case a host loses connectivity to one of them. We need a fast way to failover in case a host port goes down and currently none of the solutions (like bond) cannot fulfill the requirements because the participating ports are actually the "master" devices and must have the same peerlink as their backup interface and at the same time all of them must participate in the bridge device. As Roopa noted it's normal practice in routing called fast re-route where a precalculated backup path is used when the main one is down. Another use case of this is with EVPN, having a single vxlan device which is backup of every port. Due to the nature of master devices it's not currently possible to use one device as a backup for many and still have all of them participate in the bridge (which is master itself). More detailed information about MLAG is available at the link below. https://docs.cumulusnetworks.com/display/DOCS/Multi-Chassis+Link+Aggregation+-+MLAG Further explanation and a diagram by Roopa: Two switches acting in a MLAG pair are connected by the peerlink interface which is a bridge port. the config on one of the switches looks like the below. The other switch also has a similar config. eth0 is connected to one port on the server. And the server is connected to both switches. br0 -- team0---eth0 | -- switch-peerlink Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-23 08:16:59 +00:00
filter_mask)) /* IFLA_AF_SPEC */
+ nla_total_size(4); /* IFLA_BRPORT_BACKUP_PORT */
}
static int br_port_fill_attrs(struct sk_buff *skb,
const struct net_bridge_port *p)
{
u8 mode = !!(p->flags & BR_HAIRPIN_MODE);
net: bridge: add support for backup port This patch adds a new port attribute - IFLA_BRPORT_BACKUP_PORT, which allows to set a backup port to be used for known unicast traffic if the port has gone carrier down. The backup pointer is rcu protected and set only under RTNL, a counter is maintained so when deleting a port we know how many other ports reference it as a backup and we remove it from all. Also the pointer is in the first cache line which is hot at the time of the check and thus in the common case we only add one more test. The backup port will be used only for the non-flooding case since it's a part of the bridge and the flooded packets will be forwarded to it anyway. To remove the forwarding just send a 0/non-existing backup port. This is used to avoid numerous scalability problems when using MLAG most notably if we have thousands of fdbs one would need to change all of them on port carrier going down which takes too long and causes a storm of fdb notifications (and again when the port comes back up). In a Multi-chassis Link Aggregation setup usually hosts are connected to two different switches which act as a single logical switch. Those switches usually have a control and backup link between them called peerlink which might be used for communication in case a host loses connectivity to one of them. We need a fast way to failover in case a host port goes down and currently none of the solutions (like bond) cannot fulfill the requirements because the participating ports are actually the "master" devices and must have the same peerlink as their backup interface and at the same time all of them must participate in the bridge device. As Roopa noted it's normal practice in routing called fast re-route where a precalculated backup path is used when the main one is down. Another use case of this is with EVPN, having a single vxlan device which is backup of every port. Due to the nature of master devices it's not currently possible to use one device as a backup for many and still have all of them participate in the bridge (which is master itself). More detailed information about MLAG is available at the link below. https://docs.cumulusnetworks.com/display/DOCS/Multi-Chassis+Link+Aggregation+-+MLAG Further explanation and a diagram by Roopa: Two switches acting in a MLAG pair are connected by the peerlink interface which is a bridge port. the config on one of the switches looks like the below. The other switch also has a similar config. eth0 is connected to one port on the server. And the server is connected to both switches. br0 -- team0---eth0 | -- switch-peerlink Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-23 08:16:59 +00:00
struct net_bridge_port *backup_p;
u64 timerval;
if (nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_STATE, p->state) ||
nla_put_u16(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_PRIORITY, p->priority) ||
nla_put_u32(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_COST, p->path_cost) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_MODE, mode) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_GUARD, !!(p->flags & BR_BPDU_GUARD)) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_PROTECT,
!!(p->flags & BR_ROOT_BLOCK)) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_FAST_LEAVE,
!!(p->flags & BR_MULTICAST_FAST_LEAVE)) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_TO_UCAST,
!!(p->flags & BR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST)) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_LEARNING, !!(p->flags & BR_LEARNING)) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_UNICAST_FLOOD,
!!(p->flags & BR_FLOOD)) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_FLOOD,
!!(p->flags & BR_MCAST_FLOOD)) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_BCAST_FLOOD,
!!(p->flags & BR_BCAST_FLOOD)) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_PROXYARP, !!(p->flags & BR_PROXYARP)) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_PROXYARP_WIFI,
!!(p->flags & BR_PROXYARP_WIFI)) ||
nla_put(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_ROOT_ID, sizeof(struct ifla_bridge_id),
&p->designated_root) ||
nla_put(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_BRIDGE_ID, sizeof(struct ifla_bridge_id),
&p->designated_bridge) ||
nla_put_u16(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_DESIGNATED_PORT, p->designated_port) ||
nla_put_u16(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_DESIGNATED_COST, p->designated_cost) ||
nla_put_u16(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_ID, p->port_id) ||
nla_put_u16(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_NO, p->port_no) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_TOPOLOGY_CHANGE_ACK,
p->topology_change_ack) ||
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_CONFIG_PENDING, p->config_pending) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_VLAN_TUNNEL, !!(p->flags &
BR_VLAN_TUNNEL)) ||
nla_put_u16(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_GROUP_FWD_MASK, p->group_fwd_mask) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_NEIGH_SUPPRESS,
!!(p->flags & BR_NEIGH_SUPPRESS)) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_MRP_RING_OPEN, !!(p->flags &
BR_MRP_LOST_CONT)) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_MRP_IN_OPEN,
!!(p->flags & BR_MRP_LOST_IN_CONT)) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_ISOLATED, !!(p->flags & BR_ISOLATED)) ||
bridge: Add MAC Authentication Bypass (MAB) support Hosts that support 802.1X authentication are able to authenticate themselves by exchanging EAPOL frames with an authenticator (Ethernet bridge, in this case) and an authentication server. Access to the network is only granted by the authenticator to successfully authenticated hosts. The above is implemented in the bridge using the "locked" bridge port option. When enabled, link-local frames (e.g., EAPOL) can be locally received by the bridge, but all other frames are dropped unless the host is authenticated. That is, unless the user space control plane installed an FDB entry according to which the source address of the frame is located behind the locked ingress port. The entry can be dynamic, in which case learning needs to be enabled so that the entry will be refreshed by incoming traffic. There are deployments in which not all the devices connected to the authenticator (the bridge) support 802.1X. Such devices can include printers and cameras. One option to support such deployments is to unlock the bridge ports connecting these devices, but a slightly more secure option is to use MAB. When MAB is enabled, the MAC address of the connected device is used as the user name and password for the authentication. For MAB to work, the user space control plane needs to be notified about MAC addresses that are trying to gain access so that they will be compared against an allow list. This can be implemented via the regular learning process with the sole difference that learned FDB entries are installed with a new "locked" flag indicating that the entry cannot be used to authenticate the device. The flag cannot be set by user space, but user space can clear the flag by replacing the entry, thereby authenticating the device. Locked FDB entries implement the following semantics with regards to roaming, aging and forwarding: 1. Roaming: Locked FDB entries can roam to unlocked (authorized) ports, in which case the "locked" flag is cleared. FDB entries cannot roam to locked ports regardless of MAB being enabled or not. Therefore, locked FDB entries are only created if an FDB entry with the given {MAC, VID} does not already exist. This behavior prevents unauthenticated devices from disrupting traffic destined to already authenticated devices. 2. Aging: Locked FDB entries age and refresh by incoming traffic like regular entries. 3. Forwarding: Locked FDB entries forward traffic like regular entries. If user space detects an unauthorized MAC behind a locked port and wishes to prevent traffic with this MAC DA from reaching the host, it can do so using tc or a different mechanism. Enable the above behavior using a new bridge port option called "mab". It can only be enabled on a bridge port that is both locked and has learning enabled. Locked FDB entries are flushed from the port once MAB is disabled. A new option is added because there are pure 802.1X deployments that are not interested in notifications about locked FDB entries. Signed-off-by: Hans J. Schultz <netdev@kapio-technology.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-01 19:39:21 +00:00
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_LOCKED, !!(p->flags & BR_PORT_LOCKED)) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_MAB, !!(p->flags & BR_PORT_MAB)) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_NEIGH_VLAN_SUPPRESS,
!!(p->flags & BR_NEIGH_VLAN_SUPPRESS)))
return -EMSGSIZE;
timerval = br_timer_value(&p->message_age_timer);
if (nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_MESSAGE_AGE_TIMER, timerval,
IFLA_BRPORT_PAD))
return -EMSGSIZE;
timerval = br_timer_value(&p->forward_delay_timer);
if (nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_FORWARD_DELAY_TIMER, timerval,
IFLA_BRPORT_PAD))
return -EMSGSIZE;
timerval = br_timer_value(&p->hold_timer);
if (nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_HOLD_TIMER, timerval,
IFLA_BRPORT_PAD))
return -EMSGSIZE;
#ifdef CONFIG_BRIDGE_IGMP_SNOOPING
if (nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_MULTICAST_ROUTER,
p->multicast_ctx.multicast_router) ||
nla_put_u32(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_EHT_HOSTS_LIMIT,
p->multicast_eht_hosts_limit) ||
nla_put_u32(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_EHT_HOSTS_CNT,
net: bridge: Add netlink knobs for number / maximum MDB entries The previous patch added accounting for number of MDB entries per port and per port-VLAN, and the logic to verify that these values stay within configured bounds. However it didn't provide means to actually configure those bounds or read the occupancy. This patch does that. Two new netlink attributes are added for the MDB occupancy: IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_N_GROUPS for the per-port occupancy and BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY_MCAST_N_GROUPS for the per-port-VLAN occupancy. And another two for the maximum number of MDB entries: IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_MAX_GROUPS for the per-port maximum, and BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY_MCAST_MAX_GROUPS for the per-port-VLAN one. Note that the two new IFLA_BRPORT_ attributes prompt bumping of RTNL_SLAVE_MAX_TYPE to size the slave attribute tables large enough. The new attributes are used like this: # ip link add name br up type bridge vlan_filtering 1 mcast_snooping 1 \ mcast_vlan_snooping 1 mcast_querier 1 # ip link set dev v1 master br # bridge vlan add dev v1 vid 2 # bridge vlan set dev v1 vid 1 mcast_max_groups 1 # bridge mdb add dev br port v1 grp 230.1.2.3 temp vid 1 # bridge mdb add dev br port v1 grp 230.1.2.4 temp vid 1 Error: bridge: Port-VLAN is already in 1 groups, and mcast_max_groups=1. # bridge link set dev v1 mcast_max_groups 1 # bridge mdb add dev br port v1 grp 230.1.2.3 temp vid 2 Error: bridge: Port is already in 1 groups, and mcast_max_groups=1. # bridge -d link show 5: v1@v2: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 master br [...] [...] mcast_n_groups 1 mcast_max_groups 1 # bridge -d vlan show port vlan-id br 1 PVID Egress Untagged state forwarding mcast_router 1 v1 1 PVID Egress Untagged [...] mcast_n_groups 1 mcast_max_groups 1 2 [...] mcast_n_groups 0 mcast_max_groups 0 Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-02 17:59:26 +00:00
p->multicast_eht_hosts_cnt) ||
nla_put_u32(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_N_GROUPS,
br_multicast_ngroups_get(&p->multicast_ctx)) ||
nla_put_u32(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_MAX_GROUPS,
br_multicast_ngroups_get_max(&p->multicast_ctx)))
return -EMSGSIZE;
#endif
net: bridge: add support for backup port This patch adds a new port attribute - IFLA_BRPORT_BACKUP_PORT, which allows to set a backup port to be used for known unicast traffic if the port has gone carrier down. The backup pointer is rcu protected and set only under RTNL, a counter is maintained so when deleting a port we know how many other ports reference it as a backup and we remove it from all. Also the pointer is in the first cache line which is hot at the time of the check and thus in the common case we only add one more test. The backup port will be used only for the non-flooding case since it's a part of the bridge and the flooded packets will be forwarded to it anyway. To remove the forwarding just send a 0/non-existing backup port. This is used to avoid numerous scalability problems when using MLAG most notably if we have thousands of fdbs one would need to change all of them on port carrier going down which takes too long and causes a storm of fdb notifications (and again when the port comes back up). In a Multi-chassis Link Aggregation setup usually hosts are connected to two different switches which act as a single logical switch. Those switches usually have a control and backup link between them called peerlink which might be used for communication in case a host loses connectivity to one of them. We need a fast way to failover in case a host port goes down and currently none of the solutions (like bond) cannot fulfill the requirements because the participating ports are actually the "master" devices and must have the same peerlink as their backup interface and at the same time all of them must participate in the bridge device. As Roopa noted it's normal practice in routing called fast re-route where a precalculated backup path is used when the main one is down. Another use case of this is with EVPN, having a single vxlan device which is backup of every port. Due to the nature of master devices it's not currently possible to use one device as a backup for many and still have all of them participate in the bridge (which is master itself). More detailed information about MLAG is available at the link below. https://docs.cumulusnetworks.com/display/DOCS/Multi-Chassis+Link+Aggregation+-+MLAG Further explanation and a diagram by Roopa: Two switches acting in a MLAG pair are connected by the peerlink interface which is a bridge port. the config on one of the switches looks like the below. The other switch also has a similar config. eth0 is connected to one port on the server. And the server is connected to both switches. br0 -- team0---eth0 | -- switch-peerlink Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-23 08:16:59 +00:00
/* we might be called only with br->lock */
rcu_read_lock();
backup_p = rcu_dereference(p->backup_port);
if (backup_p)
nla_put_u32(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_BACKUP_PORT,
backup_p->dev->ifindex);
rcu_read_unlock();
bridge: Add backup nexthop ID support Add a new bridge port attribute that allows attaching a nexthop object ID to an skb that is redirected to a backup bridge port with VLAN tunneling enabled. Specifically, when redirecting a known unicast packet, read the backup nexthop ID from the bridge port that lost its carrier and set it in the bridge control block of the skb before forwarding it via the backup port. Note that reading the ID from the bridge port should not result in a cache miss as the ID is added next to the 'backup_port' field that was already accessed. After this change, the 'state' field still stays on the first cache line, together with other data path related fields such as 'flags and 'vlgrp': struct net_bridge_port { struct net_bridge * br; /* 0 8 */ struct net_device * dev; /* 8 8 */ netdevice_tracker dev_tracker; /* 16 0 */ struct list_head list; /* 16 16 */ long unsigned int flags; /* 32 8 */ struct net_bridge_vlan_group * vlgrp; /* 40 8 */ struct net_bridge_port * backup_port; /* 48 8 */ u32 backup_nhid; /* 56 4 */ u8 priority; /* 60 1 */ u8 state; /* 61 1 */ u16 port_no; /* 62 2 */ /* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) --- */ [...] } __attribute__((__aligned__(8))); When forwarding an skb via a bridge port that has VLAN tunneling enabled, check if the backup nexthop ID stored in the bridge control block is valid (i.e., not zero). If so, instead of attaching the pre-allocated metadata (that only has the tunnel key set), allocate a new metadata, set both the tunnel key and the nexthop object ID and attach it to the skb. By default, do not dump the new attribute to user space as a value of zero is an invalid nexthop object ID. The above is useful for EVPN multihoming. When one of the links composing an Ethernet Segment (ES) fails, traffic needs to be redirected towards the host via one of the other ES peers. For example, if a host is multihomed to three different VTEPs, the backup port of each ES link needs to be set to the VXLAN device and the backup nexthop ID needs to point to an FDB nexthop group that includes the IP addresses of the other two VTEPs. The VXLAN driver will extract the ID from the metadata of the redirected skb, calculate its flow hash and forward it towards one of the other VTEPs. If the ID does not exist, or represents an invalid nexthop object, the VXLAN driver will drop the skb. This relieves the bridge driver from the need to validate the ID. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-07-17 08:12:28 +00:00
if (p->backup_nhid &&
nla_put_u32(skb, IFLA_BRPORT_BACKUP_NHID, p->backup_nhid))
return -EMSGSIZE;
return 0;
}
static int br_fill_ifvlaninfo_range(struct sk_buff *skb, u16 vid_start,
u16 vid_end, u16 flags)
{
struct bridge_vlan_info vinfo;
if ((vid_end - vid_start) > 0) {
/* add range to skb */
vinfo.vid = vid_start;
vinfo.flags = flags | BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_RANGE_BEGIN;
if (nla_put(skb, IFLA_BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO,
sizeof(vinfo), &vinfo))
goto nla_put_failure;
vinfo.vid = vid_end;
vinfo.flags = flags | BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_RANGE_END;
if (nla_put(skb, IFLA_BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO,
sizeof(vinfo), &vinfo))
goto nla_put_failure;
} else {
vinfo.vid = vid_start;
vinfo.flags = flags;
if (nla_put(skb, IFLA_BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO,
sizeof(vinfo), &vinfo))
goto nla_put_failure;
}
return 0;
nla_put_failure:
return -EMSGSIZE;
}
static int br_fill_ifvlaninfo_compressed(struct sk_buff *skb,
struct net_bridge_vlan_group *vg)
{
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
struct net_bridge_vlan *v;
u16 vid_range_start = 0, vid_range_end = 0, vid_range_flags = 0;
u16 flags, pvid;
int err = 0;
/* Pack IFLA_BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO's for every vlan
* and mark vlan info with begin and end flags
* if vlaninfo represents a range
*/
pvid = br_get_pvid(vg);
list_for_each_entry_rcu(v, &vg->vlan_list, vlist) {
flags = 0;
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
if (!br_vlan_should_use(v))
continue;
if (v->vid == pvid)
flags |= BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID;
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
if (v->flags & BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_UNTAGGED)
flags |= BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_UNTAGGED;
if (vid_range_start == 0) {
goto initvars;
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
} else if ((v->vid - vid_range_end) == 1 &&
flags == vid_range_flags) {
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
vid_range_end = v->vid;
continue;
} else {
err = br_fill_ifvlaninfo_range(skb, vid_range_start,
vid_range_end,
vid_range_flags);
if (err)
return err;
}
initvars:
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
vid_range_start = v->vid;
vid_range_end = v->vid;
vid_range_flags = flags;
}
if (vid_range_start != 0) {
/* Call it once more to send any left over vlans */
err = br_fill_ifvlaninfo_range(skb, vid_range_start,
vid_range_end,
vid_range_flags);
if (err)
return err;
}
return 0;
}
static int br_fill_ifvlaninfo(struct sk_buff *skb,
struct net_bridge_vlan_group *vg)
{
struct bridge_vlan_info vinfo;
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
struct net_bridge_vlan *v;
u16 pvid;
pvid = br_get_pvid(vg);
list_for_each_entry_rcu(v, &vg->vlan_list, vlist) {
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
if (!br_vlan_should_use(v))
continue;
vinfo.vid = v->vid;
vinfo.flags = 0;
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
if (v->vid == pvid)
vinfo.flags |= BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID;
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
if (v->flags & BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_UNTAGGED)
vinfo.flags |= BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_UNTAGGED;
if (nla_put(skb, IFLA_BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO,
sizeof(vinfo), &vinfo))
goto nla_put_failure;
}
return 0;
nla_put_failure:
return -EMSGSIZE;
}
/*
* Create one netlink message for one interface
* Contains port and master info as well as carrier and bridge state.
*/
static int br_fill_ifinfo(struct sk_buff *skb,
const struct net_bridge_port *port,
u32 pid, u32 seq, int event, unsigned int flags,
bridge: cfm: Netlink Notifications. This is the implementation of Netlink notifications out of CFM. Notifications are initiated whenever a state change happens in CFM. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM: Points to the CFM information. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the MEP instance status are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the peer MEP status are following. CFM nested attribute has the following attributes in next level. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_OPCODE_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected Opcode. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_VERSION_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected version. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_RX_LEVEL_LOW_SEEN: The MEP instance received CCM PDU with MD level lower than configured level. This frame is discarded. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PEER_MEPID: The added Peer MEP ID of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_CCM_DEFECT: The CCM defect status. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). True means no CCM frame is received for 3.25 intervals. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_INTERVAL. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_RDI: The last received CCM PDU RDI. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PORT_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Port Status TLV value field. The type is NLA_U8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_IF_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Interface Status TLV value field. The type is NLA_U8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEEN: A CCM frame has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_TLV_SEEN: A CCM frame with TLV has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEQ_UNEXP_SEEN: A CCM frame with unexpected sequence number has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). When a sequence number is not one higher than previously received then it is unexpected. This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. Signed-off-by: Henrik Bjoernlund <henrik.bjoernlund@microchip.com> Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-27 10:02:51 +00:00
u32 filter_mask, const struct net_device *dev,
bool getlink)
{
u8 operstate = netif_running(dev) ? READ_ONCE(dev->operstate) :
IF_OPER_DOWN;
struct nlattr *af = NULL;
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
struct net_bridge *br;
struct ifinfomsg *hdr;
struct nlmsghdr *nlh;
if (port)
br = port->br;
else
br = netdev_priv(dev);
br_debug(br, "br_fill_info event %d port %s master %s\n",
event, dev->name, br->dev->name);
nlh = nlmsg_put(skb, pid, seq, event, sizeof(*hdr), flags);
if (nlh == NULL)
return -EMSGSIZE;
hdr = nlmsg_data(nlh);
hdr->ifi_family = AF_BRIDGE;
hdr->__ifi_pad = 0;
hdr->ifi_type = dev->type;
hdr->ifi_index = dev->ifindex;
hdr->ifi_flags = dev_get_flags(dev);
hdr->ifi_change = 0;
if (nla_put_string(skb, IFLA_IFNAME, dev->name) ||
nla_put_u32(skb, IFLA_MASTER, br->dev->ifindex) ||
nla_put_u32(skb, IFLA_MTU, dev->mtu) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_OPERSTATE, operstate) ||
(dev->addr_len &&
nla_put(skb, IFLA_ADDRESS, dev->addr_len, dev->dev_addr)) ||
(dev->ifindex != dev_get_iflink(dev) &&
nla_put_u32(skb, IFLA_LINK, dev_get_iflink(dev))))
goto nla_put_failure;
if (event == RTM_NEWLINK && port) {
struct nlattr *nest;
nest = nla_nest_start(skb, IFLA_PROTINFO);
if (nest == NULL || br_port_fill_attrs(skb, port) < 0)
goto nla_put_failure;
nla_nest_end(skb, nest);
}
if (filter_mask & (RTEXT_FILTER_BRVLAN |
RTEXT_FILTER_BRVLAN_COMPRESSED |
bridge: cfm: Netlink GET configuration Interface. This is the implementation of CFM netlink configuration get information interface. Add new nested netlink attributes. These attributes are used by the user space to get configuration information. GETLINK: Request filter RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_CONFIG: Indicating that CFM configuration information must be delivered. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM: Points to the CFM information. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_INFO: This indicate that MEP instance create parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_INFO: This indicate that MEP instance config parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_INFO: This indicate that MEP instance CC functionality parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI_INFO: This indicate that CC transmitted CCM PDU RDI parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_INFO: This indicate that CC transmitted CCM PDU parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEP_INFO: This indicate that the added peer MEP IDs are following. CFM nested attribute has the following attributes in next level. GETLINK RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_CONFIG: IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_INSTANCE: The created MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_DOMAIN: The created MEP domain. The type is u32 (br_cfm_domain). It must be BR_CFM_PORT. This means that CFM frames are transmitted and received directly on the port - untagged. Not in a VLAN. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_DIRECTION: The created MEP direction. The type is u32 (br_cfm_mep_direction). It must be BR_CFM_MEP_DIRECTION_DOWN. This means that CFM frames are transmitted and received on the port. Not in the bridge. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_IFINDEX: The created MEP residence port ifindex. The type is u32 (ifindex). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_DELETE_INSTANCE: The deleted MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_UNICAST_MAC: The configured MEP unicast MAC address. The type is 6*u8 (array). This is used as SMAC in all transmitted CFM frames. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_MDLEVEL: The configured MEP unicast MD level. The type is u32. It must be in the range 1-7. No CFM frames are passing through this MEP on lower levels. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_MEPID: The configured MEP ID. The type is u32. It must be in the range 0-0x1FFF. This MEP ID is inserted in any transmitted CCM frame. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_ENABLE: The Continuity Check (CC) functionality is enabled or disabled. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_INTERVAL: The CC expected receive interval of CCM frames. The type is u32 (br_cfm_ccm_interval). This is also the transmission interval of CCM frames when enabled. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_MAID: The CC expected receive MAID in CCM frames. The type is CFM_MAID_LENGTH*u8. This is MAID is also inserted in transmitted CCM frames. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEP_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEPID: The CC Peer MEP ID added. The type is u32. When a Peer MEP ID is added and CC is enabled it is expected to receive CCM frames from that Peer MEP. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI_RDI: The RDI that is inserted in transmitted CCM PDU. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_DMAC: The transmitted CCM frame destination MAC address. The type is 6*u8 (array). This is used as DMAC in all transmitted CFM frames. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_SEQ_NO_UPDATE: The transmitted CCM frame update (increment) of sequence number is enabled or disabled. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_PERIOD: The period of time where CCM frame are transmitted. The type is u32. The time is given in seconds. SETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX must be done before timeout to keep transmission alive. When period is zero any ongoing CCM frame transmission will be stopped. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_IF_TLV: The transmitted CCM frame update with Interface Status TLV is enabled or disabled. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_IF_TLV_VALUE: The transmitted Interface Status TLV value field. The type is u8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_PORT_TLV: The transmitted CCM frame update with Port Status TLV is enabled or disabled. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_PORT_TLV_VALUE: The transmitted Port Status TLV value field. The type is u8. Signed-off-by: Henrik Bjoernlund <henrik.bjoernlund@microchip.com> Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-27 10:02:49 +00:00
RTEXT_FILTER_MRP |
bridge: cfm: Netlink GET status Interface. This is the implementation of CFM netlink status get information interface. Add new nested netlink attributes. These attributes are used by the user space to get status information. GETLINK: Request filter RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_STATUS: Indicating that CFM status information must be delivered. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM: Points to the CFM information. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the MEP instance status are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the peer MEP status are following. CFM nested attribute has the following attributes in next level. GETLINK RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_STATUS: IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_OPCODE_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected Opcode. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_VERSION_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected version. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_RX_LEVEL_LOW_SEEN: The MEP instance received CCM PDU with MD level lower than configured level. This frame is discarded. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PEER_MEPID: The added Peer MEP ID of the delivered status. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_CCM_DEFECT: The CCM defect status. The type is u32 (bool). True means no CCM frame is received for 3.25 intervals. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_INTERVAL. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_RDI: The last received CCM PDU RDI. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PORT_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Port Status TLV value field. The type is u8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_IF_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Interface Status TLV value field. The type is u8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEEN: A CCM frame has been received from Peer MEP. The type is u32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_TLV_SEEN: A CCM frame with TLV has been received from Peer MEP. The type is u32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEQ_UNEXP_SEEN: A CCM frame with unexpected sequence number has been received from Peer MEP. The type is u32 (bool). When a sequence number is not one higher than previously received then it is unexpected. This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. Signed-off-by: Henrik Bjoernlund <henrik.bjoernlund@microchip.com> Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-27 10:02:50 +00:00
RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_CONFIG |
RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_STATUS |
RTEXT_FILTER_MST)) {
af = nla_nest_start_noflag(skb, IFLA_AF_SPEC);
if (!af)
goto nla_put_failure;
}
/* Check if the VID information is requested */
if ((filter_mask & RTEXT_FILTER_BRVLAN) ||
(filter_mask & RTEXT_FILTER_BRVLAN_COMPRESSED)) {
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
struct net_bridge_vlan_group *vg;
int err;
/* RCU needed because of the VLAN locking rules (rcu || rtnl) */
rcu_read_lock();
if (port)
vg = nbp_vlan_group_rcu(port);
else
vg = br_vlan_group_rcu(br);
if (!vg || !vg->num_vlans) {
rcu_read_unlock();
goto done;
}
if (filter_mask & RTEXT_FILTER_BRVLAN_COMPRESSED)
err = br_fill_ifvlaninfo_compressed(skb, vg);
else
err = br_fill_ifvlaninfo(skb, vg);
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
if (port && (port->flags & BR_VLAN_TUNNEL))
err = br_fill_vlan_tunnel_info(skb, vg);
rcu_read_unlock();
if (err)
goto nla_put_failure;
}
if (filter_mask & RTEXT_FILTER_MRP) {
int err;
if (!br_mrp_enabled(br) || port)
goto done;
rcu_read_lock();
err = br_mrp_fill_info(skb, br);
rcu_read_unlock();
if (err)
goto nla_put_failure;
}
bridge: cfm: Netlink GET status Interface. This is the implementation of CFM netlink status get information interface. Add new nested netlink attributes. These attributes are used by the user space to get status information. GETLINK: Request filter RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_STATUS: Indicating that CFM status information must be delivered. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM: Points to the CFM information. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the MEP instance status are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the peer MEP status are following. CFM nested attribute has the following attributes in next level. GETLINK RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_STATUS: IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_OPCODE_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected Opcode. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_VERSION_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected version. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_RX_LEVEL_LOW_SEEN: The MEP instance received CCM PDU with MD level lower than configured level. This frame is discarded. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PEER_MEPID: The added Peer MEP ID of the delivered status. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_CCM_DEFECT: The CCM defect status. The type is u32 (bool). True means no CCM frame is received for 3.25 intervals. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_INTERVAL. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_RDI: The last received CCM PDU RDI. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PORT_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Port Status TLV value field. The type is u8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_IF_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Interface Status TLV value field. The type is u8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEEN: A CCM frame has been received from Peer MEP. The type is u32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_TLV_SEEN: A CCM frame with TLV has been received from Peer MEP. The type is u32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEQ_UNEXP_SEEN: A CCM frame with unexpected sequence number has been received from Peer MEP. The type is u32 (bool). When a sequence number is not one higher than previously received then it is unexpected. This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. Signed-off-by: Henrik Bjoernlund <henrik.bjoernlund@microchip.com> Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-27 10:02:50 +00:00
if (filter_mask & (RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_CONFIG | RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_STATUS)) {
bridge: cfm: Netlink GET configuration Interface. This is the implementation of CFM netlink configuration get information interface. Add new nested netlink attributes. These attributes are used by the user space to get configuration information. GETLINK: Request filter RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_CONFIG: Indicating that CFM configuration information must be delivered. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM: Points to the CFM information. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_INFO: This indicate that MEP instance create parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_INFO: This indicate that MEP instance config parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_INFO: This indicate that MEP instance CC functionality parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI_INFO: This indicate that CC transmitted CCM PDU RDI parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_INFO: This indicate that CC transmitted CCM PDU parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEP_INFO: This indicate that the added peer MEP IDs are following. CFM nested attribute has the following attributes in next level. GETLINK RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_CONFIG: IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_INSTANCE: The created MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_DOMAIN: The created MEP domain. The type is u32 (br_cfm_domain). It must be BR_CFM_PORT. This means that CFM frames are transmitted and received directly on the port - untagged. Not in a VLAN. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_DIRECTION: The created MEP direction. The type is u32 (br_cfm_mep_direction). It must be BR_CFM_MEP_DIRECTION_DOWN. This means that CFM frames are transmitted and received on the port. Not in the bridge. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_IFINDEX: The created MEP residence port ifindex. The type is u32 (ifindex). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_DELETE_INSTANCE: The deleted MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_UNICAST_MAC: The configured MEP unicast MAC address. The type is 6*u8 (array). This is used as SMAC in all transmitted CFM frames. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_MDLEVEL: The configured MEP unicast MD level. The type is u32. It must be in the range 1-7. No CFM frames are passing through this MEP on lower levels. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_MEPID: The configured MEP ID. The type is u32. It must be in the range 0-0x1FFF. This MEP ID is inserted in any transmitted CCM frame. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_ENABLE: The Continuity Check (CC) functionality is enabled or disabled. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_INTERVAL: The CC expected receive interval of CCM frames. The type is u32 (br_cfm_ccm_interval). This is also the transmission interval of CCM frames when enabled. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_MAID: The CC expected receive MAID in CCM frames. The type is CFM_MAID_LENGTH*u8. This is MAID is also inserted in transmitted CCM frames. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEP_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEPID: The CC Peer MEP ID added. The type is u32. When a Peer MEP ID is added and CC is enabled it is expected to receive CCM frames from that Peer MEP. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI_RDI: The RDI that is inserted in transmitted CCM PDU. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_DMAC: The transmitted CCM frame destination MAC address. The type is 6*u8 (array). This is used as DMAC in all transmitted CFM frames. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_SEQ_NO_UPDATE: The transmitted CCM frame update (increment) of sequence number is enabled or disabled. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_PERIOD: The period of time where CCM frame are transmitted. The type is u32. The time is given in seconds. SETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX must be done before timeout to keep transmission alive. When period is zero any ongoing CCM frame transmission will be stopped. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_IF_TLV: The transmitted CCM frame update with Interface Status TLV is enabled or disabled. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_IF_TLV_VALUE: The transmitted Interface Status TLV value field. The type is u8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_PORT_TLV: The transmitted CCM frame update with Port Status TLV is enabled or disabled. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_PORT_TLV_VALUE: The transmitted Port Status TLV value field. The type is u8. Signed-off-by: Henrik Bjoernlund <henrik.bjoernlund@microchip.com> Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-27 10:02:49 +00:00
struct nlattr *cfm_nest = NULL;
int err;
if (!br_cfm_created(br) || port)
goto done;
cfm_nest = nla_nest_start(skb, IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM);
if (!cfm_nest)
goto nla_put_failure;
if (filter_mask & RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_CONFIG) {
rcu_read_lock();
err = br_cfm_config_fill_info(skb, br);
rcu_read_unlock();
if (err)
goto nla_put_failure;
}
bridge: cfm: Netlink GET status Interface. This is the implementation of CFM netlink status get information interface. Add new nested netlink attributes. These attributes are used by the user space to get status information. GETLINK: Request filter RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_STATUS: Indicating that CFM status information must be delivered. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM: Points to the CFM information. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the MEP instance status are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the peer MEP status are following. CFM nested attribute has the following attributes in next level. GETLINK RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_STATUS: IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_OPCODE_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected Opcode. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_VERSION_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected version. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_RX_LEVEL_LOW_SEEN: The MEP instance received CCM PDU with MD level lower than configured level. This frame is discarded. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PEER_MEPID: The added Peer MEP ID of the delivered status. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_CCM_DEFECT: The CCM defect status. The type is u32 (bool). True means no CCM frame is received for 3.25 intervals. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_INTERVAL. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_RDI: The last received CCM PDU RDI. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PORT_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Port Status TLV value field. The type is u8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_IF_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Interface Status TLV value field. The type is u8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEEN: A CCM frame has been received from Peer MEP. The type is u32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_TLV_SEEN: A CCM frame with TLV has been received from Peer MEP. The type is u32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEQ_UNEXP_SEEN: A CCM frame with unexpected sequence number has been received from Peer MEP. The type is u32 (bool). When a sequence number is not one higher than previously received then it is unexpected. This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. Signed-off-by: Henrik Bjoernlund <henrik.bjoernlund@microchip.com> Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-27 10:02:50 +00:00
if (filter_mask & RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_STATUS) {
rcu_read_lock();
bridge: cfm: Netlink Notifications. This is the implementation of Netlink notifications out of CFM. Notifications are initiated whenever a state change happens in CFM. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM: Points to the CFM information. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the MEP instance status are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the peer MEP status are following. CFM nested attribute has the following attributes in next level. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_OPCODE_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected Opcode. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_VERSION_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected version. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_RX_LEVEL_LOW_SEEN: The MEP instance received CCM PDU with MD level lower than configured level. This frame is discarded. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PEER_MEPID: The added Peer MEP ID of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_CCM_DEFECT: The CCM defect status. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). True means no CCM frame is received for 3.25 intervals. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_INTERVAL. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_RDI: The last received CCM PDU RDI. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PORT_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Port Status TLV value field. The type is NLA_U8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_IF_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Interface Status TLV value field. The type is NLA_U8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEEN: A CCM frame has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_TLV_SEEN: A CCM frame with TLV has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEQ_UNEXP_SEEN: A CCM frame with unexpected sequence number has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). When a sequence number is not one higher than previously received then it is unexpected. This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. Signed-off-by: Henrik Bjoernlund <henrik.bjoernlund@microchip.com> Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-27 10:02:51 +00:00
err = br_cfm_status_fill_info(skb, br, getlink);
bridge: cfm: Netlink GET status Interface. This is the implementation of CFM netlink status get information interface. Add new nested netlink attributes. These attributes are used by the user space to get status information. GETLINK: Request filter RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_STATUS: Indicating that CFM status information must be delivered. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM: Points to the CFM information. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the MEP instance status are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the peer MEP status are following. CFM nested attribute has the following attributes in next level. GETLINK RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_STATUS: IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_OPCODE_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected Opcode. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_VERSION_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected version. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_RX_LEVEL_LOW_SEEN: The MEP instance received CCM PDU with MD level lower than configured level. This frame is discarded. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PEER_MEPID: The added Peer MEP ID of the delivered status. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_CCM_DEFECT: The CCM defect status. The type is u32 (bool). True means no CCM frame is received for 3.25 intervals. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_INTERVAL. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_RDI: The last received CCM PDU RDI. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PORT_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Port Status TLV value field. The type is u8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_IF_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Interface Status TLV value field. The type is u8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEEN: A CCM frame has been received from Peer MEP. The type is u32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_TLV_SEEN: A CCM frame with TLV has been received from Peer MEP. The type is u32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEQ_UNEXP_SEEN: A CCM frame with unexpected sequence number has been received from Peer MEP. The type is u32 (bool). When a sequence number is not one higher than previously received then it is unexpected. This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. Signed-off-by: Henrik Bjoernlund <henrik.bjoernlund@microchip.com> Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-27 10:02:50 +00:00
rcu_read_unlock();
if (err)
goto nla_put_failure;
}
bridge: cfm: Netlink GET configuration Interface. This is the implementation of CFM netlink configuration get information interface. Add new nested netlink attributes. These attributes are used by the user space to get configuration information. GETLINK: Request filter RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_CONFIG: Indicating that CFM configuration information must be delivered. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM: Points to the CFM information. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_INFO: This indicate that MEP instance create parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_INFO: This indicate that MEP instance config parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_INFO: This indicate that MEP instance CC functionality parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI_INFO: This indicate that CC transmitted CCM PDU RDI parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_INFO: This indicate that CC transmitted CCM PDU parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEP_INFO: This indicate that the added peer MEP IDs are following. CFM nested attribute has the following attributes in next level. GETLINK RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_CONFIG: IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_INSTANCE: The created MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_DOMAIN: The created MEP domain. The type is u32 (br_cfm_domain). It must be BR_CFM_PORT. This means that CFM frames are transmitted and received directly on the port - untagged. Not in a VLAN. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_DIRECTION: The created MEP direction. The type is u32 (br_cfm_mep_direction). It must be BR_CFM_MEP_DIRECTION_DOWN. This means that CFM frames are transmitted and received on the port. Not in the bridge. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_IFINDEX: The created MEP residence port ifindex. The type is u32 (ifindex). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_DELETE_INSTANCE: The deleted MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_UNICAST_MAC: The configured MEP unicast MAC address. The type is 6*u8 (array). This is used as SMAC in all transmitted CFM frames. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_MDLEVEL: The configured MEP unicast MD level. The type is u32. It must be in the range 1-7. No CFM frames are passing through this MEP on lower levels. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_MEPID: The configured MEP ID. The type is u32. It must be in the range 0-0x1FFF. This MEP ID is inserted in any transmitted CCM frame. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_ENABLE: The Continuity Check (CC) functionality is enabled or disabled. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_INTERVAL: The CC expected receive interval of CCM frames. The type is u32 (br_cfm_ccm_interval). This is also the transmission interval of CCM frames when enabled. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_MAID: The CC expected receive MAID in CCM frames. The type is CFM_MAID_LENGTH*u8. This is MAID is also inserted in transmitted CCM frames. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEP_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEPID: The CC Peer MEP ID added. The type is u32. When a Peer MEP ID is added and CC is enabled it is expected to receive CCM frames from that Peer MEP. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI_RDI: The RDI that is inserted in transmitted CCM PDU. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_DMAC: The transmitted CCM frame destination MAC address. The type is 6*u8 (array). This is used as DMAC in all transmitted CFM frames. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_SEQ_NO_UPDATE: The transmitted CCM frame update (increment) of sequence number is enabled or disabled. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_PERIOD: The period of time where CCM frame are transmitted. The type is u32. The time is given in seconds. SETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX must be done before timeout to keep transmission alive. When period is zero any ongoing CCM frame transmission will be stopped. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_IF_TLV: The transmitted CCM frame update with Interface Status TLV is enabled or disabled. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_IF_TLV_VALUE: The transmitted Interface Status TLV value field. The type is u8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_PORT_TLV: The transmitted CCM frame update with Port Status TLV is enabled or disabled. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_PORT_TLV_VALUE: The transmitted Port Status TLV value field. The type is u8. Signed-off-by: Henrik Bjoernlund <henrik.bjoernlund@microchip.com> Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-27 10:02:49 +00:00
nla_nest_end(skb, cfm_nest);
}
if ((filter_mask & RTEXT_FILTER_MST) &&
br_opt_get(br, BROPT_MST_ENABLED) && port) {
const struct net_bridge_vlan_group *vg = nbp_vlan_group(port);
struct nlattr *mst_nest;
int err;
if (!vg || !vg->num_vlans)
goto done;
mst_nest = nla_nest_start(skb, IFLA_BRIDGE_MST);
if (!mst_nest)
goto nla_put_failure;
err = br_mst_fill_info(skb, vg);
if (err)
goto nla_put_failure;
nla_nest_end(skb, mst_nest);
}
done:
if (af) {
if (nlmsg_get_pos(skb) - (void *)af > nla_attr_size(0))
nla_nest_end(skb, af);
else
nla_nest_cancel(skb, af);
}
netlink: make nlmsg_end() and genlmsg_end() void Contrary to common expectations for an "int" return, these functions return only a positive value -- if used correctly they cannot even return 0 because the message header will necessarily be in the skb. This makes the very common pattern of if (genlmsg_end(...) < 0) { ... } be a whole bunch of dead code. Many places also simply do return nlmsg_end(...); and the caller is expected to deal with it. This also commonly (at least for me) causes errors, because it is very common to write if (my_function(...)) /* error condition */ and if my_function() does "return nlmsg_end()" this is of course wrong. Additionally, there's not a single place in the kernel that actually needs the message length returned, and if anyone needs it later then it'll be very easy to just use skb->len there. Remove this, and make the functions void. This removes a bunch of dead code as described above. The patch adds lines because I did - return nlmsg_end(...); + nlmsg_end(...); + return 0; I could have preserved all the function's return values by returning skb->len, but instead I've audited all the places calling the affected functions and found that none cared. A few places actually compared the return value with <= 0 in dump functionality, but that could just be changed to < 0 with no change in behaviour, so I opted for the more efficient version. One instance of the error I've made numerous times now is also present in net/phonet/pn_netlink.c in the route_dumpit() function - it didn't check for <0 or <=0 and thus broke out of the loop every single time. I've preserved this since it will (I think) have caused the messages to userspace to be formatted differently with just a single message for every SKB returned to userspace. It's possible that this isn't needed for the tools that actually use this, but I don't even know what they are so couldn't test that changing this behaviour would be acceptable. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-16 21:09:00 +00:00
nlmsg_end(skb, nlh);
return 0;
nla_put_failure:
nlmsg_cancel(skb, nlh);
return -EMSGSIZE;
}
bridge: cfm: Netlink Notifications. This is the implementation of Netlink notifications out of CFM. Notifications are initiated whenever a state change happens in CFM. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM: Points to the CFM information. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the MEP instance status are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the peer MEP status are following. CFM nested attribute has the following attributes in next level. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_OPCODE_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected Opcode. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_VERSION_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected version. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_RX_LEVEL_LOW_SEEN: The MEP instance received CCM PDU with MD level lower than configured level. This frame is discarded. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PEER_MEPID: The added Peer MEP ID of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_CCM_DEFECT: The CCM defect status. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). True means no CCM frame is received for 3.25 intervals. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_INTERVAL. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_RDI: The last received CCM PDU RDI. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PORT_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Port Status TLV value field. The type is NLA_U8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_IF_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Interface Status TLV value field. The type is NLA_U8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEEN: A CCM frame has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_TLV_SEEN: A CCM frame with TLV has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEQ_UNEXP_SEEN: A CCM frame with unexpected sequence number has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). When a sequence number is not one higher than previously received then it is unexpected. This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. Signed-off-by: Henrik Bjoernlund <henrik.bjoernlund@microchip.com> Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-27 10:02:51 +00:00
void br_info_notify(int event, const struct net_bridge *br,
const struct net_bridge_port *port, u32 filter)
{
struct net_device *dev;
struct sk_buff *skb;
int err = -ENOBUFS;
struct net *net;
u16 port_no = 0;
if (WARN_ON(!port && !br))
return;
if (port) {
dev = port->dev;
br = port->br;
port_no = port->port_no;
} else {
dev = br->dev;
}
net = dev_net(dev);
br_debug(br, "port %u(%s) event %d\n", port_no, dev->name, event);
skb = nlmsg_new(br_nlmsg_size(dev, filter), GFP_ATOMIC);
if (skb == NULL)
goto errout;
bridge: cfm: Netlink Notifications. This is the implementation of Netlink notifications out of CFM. Notifications are initiated whenever a state change happens in CFM. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM: Points to the CFM information. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the MEP instance status are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the peer MEP status are following. CFM nested attribute has the following attributes in next level. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_OPCODE_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected Opcode. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_VERSION_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected version. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_RX_LEVEL_LOW_SEEN: The MEP instance received CCM PDU with MD level lower than configured level. This frame is discarded. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PEER_MEPID: The added Peer MEP ID of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_CCM_DEFECT: The CCM defect status. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). True means no CCM frame is received for 3.25 intervals. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_INTERVAL. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_RDI: The last received CCM PDU RDI. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PORT_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Port Status TLV value field. The type is NLA_U8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_IF_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Interface Status TLV value field. The type is NLA_U8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEEN: A CCM frame has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_TLV_SEEN: A CCM frame with TLV has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEQ_UNEXP_SEEN: A CCM frame with unexpected sequence number has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). When a sequence number is not one higher than previously received then it is unexpected. This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. Signed-off-by: Henrik Bjoernlund <henrik.bjoernlund@microchip.com> Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-27 10:02:51 +00:00
err = br_fill_ifinfo(skb, port, 0, 0, event, 0, filter, dev, false);
if (err < 0) {
/* -EMSGSIZE implies BUG in br_nlmsg_size() */
WARN_ON(err == -EMSGSIZE);
kfree_skb(skb);
goto errout;
}
2009-02-25 07:18:28 +00:00
rtnl_notify(skb, net, 0, RTNLGRP_LINK, NULL, GFP_ATOMIC);
return;
errout:
rtnl_set_sk_err(net, RTNLGRP_LINK, err);
}
bridge: cfm: Netlink Notifications. This is the implementation of Netlink notifications out of CFM. Notifications are initiated whenever a state change happens in CFM. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM: Points to the CFM information. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the MEP instance status are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the peer MEP status are following. CFM nested attribute has the following attributes in next level. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_OPCODE_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected Opcode. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_VERSION_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected version. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_RX_LEVEL_LOW_SEEN: The MEP instance received CCM PDU with MD level lower than configured level. This frame is discarded. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PEER_MEPID: The added Peer MEP ID of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_CCM_DEFECT: The CCM defect status. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). True means no CCM frame is received for 3.25 intervals. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_INTERVAL. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_RDI: The last received CCM PDU RDI. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PORT_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Port Status TLV value field. The type is NLA_U8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_IF_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Interface Status TLV value field. The type is NLA_U8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEEN: A CCM frame has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_TLV_SEEN: A CCM frame with TLV has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEQ_UNEXP_SEEN: A CCM frame with unexpected sequence number has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). When a sequence number is not one higher than previously received then it is unexpected. This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. Signed-off-by: Henrik Bjoernlund <henrik.bjoernlund@microchip.com> Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-27 10:02:51 +00:00
/* Notify listeners of a change in bridge or port information */
void br_ifinfo_notify(int event, const struct net_bridge *br,
const struct net_bridge_port *port)
{
u32 filter = RTEXT_FILTER_BRVLAN_COMPRESSED;
br_info_notify(event, br, port, filter);
bridge: cfm: Netlink Notifications. This is the implementation of Netlink notifications out of CFM. Notifications are initiated whenever a state change happens in CFM. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM: Points to the CFM information. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the MEP instance status are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the peer MEP status are following. CFM nested attribute has the following attributes in next level. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_OPCODE_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected Opcode. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_VERSION_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected version. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_RX_LEVEL_LOW_SEEN: The MEP instance received CCM PDU with MD level lower than configured level. This frame is discarded. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PEER_MEPID: The added Peer MEP ID of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_CCM_DEFECT: The CCM defect status. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). True means no CCM frame is received for 3.25 intervals. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_INTERVAL. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_RDI: The last received CCM PDU RDI. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PORT_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Port Status TLV value field. The type is NLA_U8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_IF_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Interface Status TLV value field. The type is NLA_U8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEEN: A CCM frame has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_TLV_SEEN: A CCM frame with TLV has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEQ_UNEXP_SEEN: A CCM frame with unexpected sequence number has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). When a sequence number is not one higher than previously received then it is unexpected. This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. Signed-off-by: Henrik Bjoernlund <henrik.bjoernlund@microchip.com> Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-27 10:02:51 +00:00
}
/*
* Dump information about all ports, in response to GETLINK
*/
int br_getlink(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 pid, u32 seq,
struct net_device *dev, u32 filter_mask, int nlflags)
{
struct net_bridge_port *port = br_port_get_rtnl(dev);
if (!port && !(filter_mask & RTEXT_FILTER_BRVLAN) &&
!(filter_mask & RTEXT_FILTER_BRVLAN_COMPRESSED) &&
bridge: cfm: Netlink GET configuration Interface. This is the implementation of CFM netlink configuration get information interface. Add new nested netlink attributes. These attributes are used by the user space to get configuration information. GETLINK: Request filter RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_CONFIG: Indicating that CFM configuration information must be delivered. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM: Points to the CFM information. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_INFO: This indicate that MEP instance create parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_INFO: This indicate that MEP instance config parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_INFO: This indicate that MEP instance CC functionality parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI_INFO: This indicate that CC transmitted CCM PDU RDI parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_INFO: This indicate that CC transmitted CCM PDU parameters are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEP_INFO: This indicate that the added peer MEP IDs are following. CFM nested attribute has the following attributes in next level. GETLINK RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_CONFIG: IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_INSTANCE: The created MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_DOMAIN: The created MEP domain. The type is u32 (br_cfm_domain). It must be BR_CFM_PORT. This means that CFM frames are transmitted and received directly on the port - untagged. Not in a VLAN. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_DIRECTION: The created MEP direction. The type is u32 (br_cfm_mep_direction). It must be BR_CFM_MEP_DIRECTION_DOWN. This means that CFM frames are transmitted and received on the port. Not in the bridge. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_IFINDEX: The created MEP residence port ifindex. The type is u32 (ifindex). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_DELETE_INSTANCE: The deleted MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_UNICAST_MAC: The configured MEP unicast MAC address. The type is 6*u8 (array). This is used as SMAC in all transmitted CFM frames. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_MDLEVEL: The configured MEP unicast MD level. The type is u32. It must be in the range 1-7. No CFM frames are passing through this MEP on lower levels. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_MEPID: The configured MEP ID. The type is u32. It must be in the range 0-0x1FFF. This MEP ID is inserted in any transmitted CCM frame. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_ENABLE: The Continuity Check (CC) functionality is enabled or disabled. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_INTERVAL: The CC expected receive interval of CCM frames. The type is u32 (br_cfm_ccm_interval). This is also the transmission interval of CCM frames when enabled. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_MAID: The CC expected receive MAID in CCM frames. The type is CFM_MAID_LENGTH*u8. This is MAID is also inserted in transmitted CCM frames. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEP_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEPID: The CC Peer MEP ID added. The type is u32. When a Peer MEP ID is added and CC is enabled it is expected to receive CCM frames from that Peer MEP. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI_RDI: The RDI that is inserted in transmitted CCM PDU. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_DMAC: The transmitted CCM frame destination MAC address. The type is 6*u8 (array). This is used as DMAC in all transmitted CFM frames. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_SEQ_NO_UPDATE: The transmitted CCM frame update (increment) of sequence number is enabled or disabled. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_PERIOD: The period of time where CCM frame are transmitted. The type is u32. The time is given in seconds. SETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX must be done before timeout to keep transmission alive. When period is zero any ongoing CCM frame transmission will be stopped. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_IF_TLV: The transmitted CCM frame update with Interface Status TLV is enabled or disabled. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_IF_TLV_VALUE: The transmitted Interface Status TLV value field. The type is u8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_PORT_TLV: The transmitted CCM frame update with Port Status TLV is enabled or disabled. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_PORT_TLV_VALUE: The transmitted Port Status TLV value field. The type is u8. Signed-off-by: Henrik Bjoernlund <henrik.bjoernlund@microchip.com> Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-27 10:02:49 +00:00
!(filter_mask & RTEXT_FILTER_MRP) &&
bridge: cfm: Netlink GET status Interface. This is the implementation of CFM netlink status get information interface. Add new nested netlink attributes. These attributes are used by the user space to get status information. GETLINK: Request filter RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_STATUS: Indicating that CFM status information must be delivered. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM: Points to the CFM information. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the MEP instance status are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the peer MEP status are following. CFM nested attribute has the following attributes in next level. GETLINK RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_STATUS: IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_OPCODE_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected Opcode. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_VERSION_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected version. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_RX_LEVEL_LOW_SEEN: The MEP instance received CCM PDU with MD level lower than configured level. This frame is discarded. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PEER_MEPID: The added Peer MEP ID of the delivered status. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_CCM_DEFECT: The CCM defect status. The type is u32 (bool). True means no CCM frame is received for 3.25 intervals. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_INTERVAL. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_RDI: The last received CCM PDU RDI. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PORT_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Port Status TLV value field. The type is u8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_IF_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Interface Status TLV value field. The type is u8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEEN: A CCM frame has been received from Peer MEP. The type is u32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_TLV_SEEN: A CCM frame with TLV has been received from Peer MEP. The type is u32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEQ_UNEXP_SEEN: A CCM frame with unexpected sequence number has been received from Peer MEP. The type is u32 (bool). When a sequence number is not one higher than previously received then it is unexpected. This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. Signed-off-by: Henrik Bjoernlund <henrik.bjoernlund@microchip.com> Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-27 10:02:50 +00:00
!(filter_mask & RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_CONFIG) &&
!(filter_mask & RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_STATUS))
return 0;
return br_fill_ifinfo(skb, port, pid, seq, RTM_NEWLINK, nlflags,
bridge: cfm: Netlink Notifications. This is the implementation of Netlink notifications out of CFM. Notifications are initiated whenever a state change happens in CFM. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM: Points to the CFM information. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the MEP instance status are following. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO: This indicate that the peer MEP status are following. CFM nested attribute has the following attributes in next level. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_OPCODE_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected Opcode. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_VERSION_UNEXP_SEEN: The MEP instance received CFM PDU with unexpected version. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_STATUS_RX_LEVEL_LOW_SEEN: The MEP instance received CCM PDU with MD level lower than configured level. This frame is discarded. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INSTANCE: The MEP instance number of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PEER_MEPID: The added Peer MEP ID of the delivered status. The type is NLA_U32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_CCM_DEFECT: The CCM defect status. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). True means no CCM frame is received for 3.25 intervals. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_INTERVAL. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_RDI: The last received CCM PDU RDI. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_PORT_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Port Status TLV value field. The type is NLA_U8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_IF_TLV_VALUE: The last received CCM PDU Interface Status TLV value field. The type is NLA_U8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEEN: A CCM frame has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_TLV_SEEN: A CCM frame with TLV has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_SEQ_UNEXP_SEEN: A CCM frame with unexpected sequence number has been received from Peer MEP. The type is NLA_U32 (bool). When a sequence number is not one higher than previously received then it is unexpected. This is cleared after GETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_STATUS_INFO. Signed-off-by: Henrik Bjoernlund <henrik.bjoernlund@microchip.com> Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-27 10:02:51 +00:00
filter_mask, dev, true);
}
static int br_vlan_info(struct net_bridge *br, struct net_bridge_port *p,
int cmd, struct bridge_vlan_info *vinfo, bool *changed,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
bool curr_change;
int err = 0;
switch (cmd) {
case RTM_SETLINK:
if (p) {
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
/* if the MASTER flag is set this will act on the global
* per-VLAN entry as well
*/
err = nbp_vlan_add(p, vinfo->vid, vinfo->flags,
&curr_change, extack);
} else {
bridge: vlan: add per-vlan struct and move to rhashtables This patch changes the bridge vlan implementation to use rhashtables instead of bitmaps. The main motivation behind this change is that we need extensible per-vlan structures (both per-port and global) so more advanced features can be introduced and the vlan support can be extended. I've tried to break this up but the moment net_port_vlans is changed and the whole API goes away, thus this is a larger patch. A few short goals of this patch are: - Extensible per-vlan structs stored in rhashtables and a sorted list - Keep user-visible behaviour (compressed vlans etc) - Keep fastpath ingress/egress logic the same (optimizations to come later) Here's a brief list of some of the new features we'd like to introduce: - per-vlan counters - vlan ingress/egress mapping - per-vlan igmp configuration - vlan priorities - avoid fdb entries replication (e.g. local fdb scaling issues) The structure is kept single for both global and per-port entries so to avoid code duplication where possible and also because we'll soon introduce "port0 / aka bridge as port" which should simplify things further (thanks to Vlad for the suggestion!). Now we have per-vlan global rhashtable (bridge-wide) and per-vlan port rhashtable, if an entry is added to a port it'll get a pointer to its global context so it can be quickly accessed later. There's also a sorted vlan list which is used for stable walks and some user-visible behaviour such as the vlan ranges, also for error paths. VLANs are stored in a "vlan group" which currently contains the rhashtable, sorted vlan list and the number of "real" vlan entries. A good side-effect of this change is that it resembles how hw keeps per-vlan data. One important note after this change is that if a VLAN is being looked up in the bridge's rhashtable for filtering purposes (or to check if it's an existing usable entry, not just a global context) then the new helper br_vlan_should_use() needs to be used if the vlan is found. In case the lookup is done only with a port's vlan group, then this check can be skipped. Things tested so far: - basic vlan ingress/egress - pvids - untagged vlans - undef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING - adding/deleting vlans in different scenarios (with/without global ctx, while transmitting traffic, in ranges etc) - loading/removing the module while having/adding/deleting vlans - extracting bridge vlan information (user ABI), compressed requests - adding/deleting fdbs on vlans - bridge mac change, promisc mode - default pvid change - kmemleak ON during the whole time Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 17:00:11 +00:00
vinfo->flags |= BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_BRENTRY;
err = br_vlan_add(br, vinfo->vid, vinfo->flags,
&curr_change, extack);
}
if (curr_change)
*changed = true;
break;
case RTM_DELLINK:
if (p) {
if (!nbp_vlan_delete(p, vinfo->vid))
*changed = true;
if ((vinfo->flags & BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_MASTER) &&
!br_vlan_delete(p->br, vinfo->vid))
*changed = true;
} else if (!br_vlan_delete(br, vinfo->vid)) {
*changed = true;
}
break;
}
return err;
}
int br_process_vlan_info(struct net_bridge *br,
struct net_bridge_port *p, int cmd,
struct bridge_vlan_info *vinfo_curr,
struct bridge_vlan_info **vinfo_last,
bool *changed,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
{
int err, rtm_cmd;
if (!br_vlan_valid_id(vinfo_curr->vid, extack))
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
return -EINVAL;
/* needed for vlan-only NEWVLAN/DELVLAN notifications */
rtm_cmd = br_afspec_cmd_to_rtm(cmd);
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
if (vinfo_curr->flags & BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_RANGE_BEGIN) {
if (!br_vlan_valid_range(vinfo_curr, *vinfo_last, extack))
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
return -EINVAL;
*vinfo_last = vinfo_curr;
return 0;
}
if (*vinfo_last) {
struct bridge_vlan_info tmp_vinfo;
int v, v_change_start = 0;
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
if (!br_vlan_valid_range(vinfo_curr, *vinfo_last, extack))
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
return -EINVAL;
memcpy(&tmp_vinfo, *vinfo_last,
sizeof(struct bridge_vlan_info));
for (v = (*vinfo_last)->vid; v <= vinfo_curr->vid; v++) {
bool curr_change = false;
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
tmp_vinfo.vid = v;
err = br_vlan_info(br, p, cmd, &tmp_vinfo, &curr_change,
extack);
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
if (err)
break;
if (curr_change) {
*changed = curr_change;
if (!v_change_start)
v_change_start = v;
} else {
/* nothing to notify yet */
if (!v_change_start)
continue;
br_vlan_notify(br, p, v_change_start,
v - 1, rtm_cmd);
v_change_start = 0;
}
cond_resched();
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
}
/* v_change_start is set only if the last/whole range changed */
if (v_change_start)
br_vlan_notify(br, p, v_change_start,
v - 1, rtm_cmd);
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
*vinfo_last = NULL;
return err;
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
}
err = br_vlan_info(br, p, cmd, vinfo_curr, changed, extack);
if (*changed)
br_vlan_notify(br, p, vinfo_curr->vid, 0, rtm_cmd);
return err;
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
}
static int br_afspec(struct net_bridge *br,
struct net_bridge_port *p,
struct nlattr *af_spec,
int cmd, bool *changed,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
struct bridge_vlan_info *vinfo_curr = NULL;
struct bridge_vlan_info *vinfo_last = NULL;
struct nlattr *attr;
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
struct vtunnel_info tinfo_last = {};
struct vtunnel_info tinfo_curr = {};
int err = 0, rem;
nla_for_each_nested(attr, af_spec, rem) {
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
err = 0;
switch (nla_type(attr)) {
case IFLA_BRIDGE_VLAN_TUNNEL_INFO:
if (!p || !(p->flags & BR_VLAN_TUNNEL))
return -EINVAL;
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
err = br_parse_vlan_tunnel_info(attr, &tinfo_curr);
if (err)
return err;
err = br_process_vlan_tunnel_info(br, p, cmd,
&tinfo_curr,
&tinfo_last,
changed);
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
if (err)
return err;
break;
case IFLA_BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO:
if (nla_len(attr) != sizeof(struct bridge_vlan_info))
return -EINVAL;
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
vinfo_curr = nla_data(attr);
err = br_process_vlan_info(br, p, cmd, vinfo_curr,
&vinfo_last, changed,
extack);
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
if (err)
return err;
break;
case IFLA_BRIDGE_MRP:
err = br_mrp_parse(br, p, attr, cmd, extack);
if (err)
return err;
break;
bridge: cfm: Netlink SET configuration Interface. This is the implementation of CFM netlink configuration set information interface. Add new nested netlink attributes. These attributes are used by the user space to create/delete/configure CFM instances. SETLINK: IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM: Indicate that the following attributes are CFM. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE: This indicate that a MEP instance must be created. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_DELETE: This indicate that a MEP instance must be deleted. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG: This indicate that a MEP instance must be configured. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG: This indicate that a MEP instance Continuity Check (CC) functionality must be configured. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEP_ADD: This indicate that a CC Peer MEP must be added. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEP_REMOVE: This indicate that a CC Peer MEP must be removed. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX: This indicate that the CC transmitted CCM PDU must be configured. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI: This indicate that the CC transmitted CCM PDU RDI must be configured. CFM nested attribute has the following attributes in next level. SETLINK RTEXT_FILTER_CFM_CONFIG: IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_INSTANCE: The created MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_DOMAIN: The created MEP domain. The type is u32 (br_cfm_domain). It must be BR_CFM_PORT. This means that CFM frames are transmitted and received directly on the port - untagged. Not in a VLAN. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_DIRECTION: The created MEP direction. The type is u32 (br_cfm_mep_direction). It must be BR_CFM_MEP_DIRECTION_DOWN. This means that CFM frames are transmitted and received on the port. Not in the bridge. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CREATE_IFINDEX: The created MEP residence port ifindex. The type is u32 (ifindex). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_DELETE_INSTANCE: The deleted MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_UNICAST_MAC: The configured MEP unicast MAC address. The type is 6*u8 (array). This is used as SMAC in all transmitted CFM frames. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_MDLEVEL: The configured MEP unicast MD level. The type is u32. It must be in the range 1-7. No CFM frames are passing through this MEP on lower levels. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_MEP_CONFIG_MEPID: The configured MEP ID. The type is u32. It must be in the range 0-0x1FFF. This MEP ID is inserted in any transmitted CCM frame. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_ENABLE: The Continuity Check (CC) functionality is enabled or disabled. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_INTERVAL: The CC expected receive interval of CCM frames. The type is u32 (br_cfm_ccm_interval). This is also the transmission interval of CCM frames when enabled. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CONFIG_EXP_MAID: The CC expected receive MAID in CCM frames. The type is CFM_MAID_LENGTH*u8. This is MAID is also inserted in transmitted CCM frames. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEP_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_PEER_MEPID: The CC Peer MEP ID added. The type is u32. When a Peer MEP ID is added and CC is enabled it is expected to receive CCM frames from that Peer MEP. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_RDI_RDI: The RDI that is inserted in transmitted CCM PDU. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_INSTANCE: The configured MEP instance number. The type is u32. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_DMAC: The transmitted CCM frame destination MAC address. The type is 6*u8 (array). This is used as DMAC in all transmitted CFM frames. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_SEQ_NO_UPDATE: The transmitted CCM frame update (increment) of sequence number is enabled or disabled. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_PERIOD: The period of time where CCM frame are transmitted. The type is u32. The time is given in seconds. SETLINK IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX must be done before timeout to keep transmission alive. When period is zero any ongoing CCM frame transmission will be stopped. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_IF_TLV: The transmitted CCM frame update with Interface Status TLV is enabled or disabled. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_IF_TLV_VALUE: The transmitted Interface Status TLV value field. The type is u8. IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_PORT_TLV: The transmitted CCM frame update with Port Status TLV is enabled or disabled. The type is u32 (bool). IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM_CC_CCM_TX_PORT_TLV_VALUE: The transmitted Port Status TLV value field. The type is u8. Signed-off-by: Henrik Bjoernlund <henrik.bjoernlund@microchip.com> Reviewed-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-10-27 10:02:48 +00:00
case IFLA_BRIDGE_CFM:
err = br_cfm_parse(br, p, attr, cmd, extack);
if (err)
return err;
break;
case IFLA_BRIDGE_MST:
if (!p) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack,
"MST states can only be set on bridge ports");
return -EINVAL;
}
if (cmd != RTM_SETLINK) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack,
"MST states can only be set through RTM_SETLINK");
return -EINVAL;
}
err = br_mst_process(p, attr, extack);
if (err)
return err;
break;
}
}
return err;
}
static const struct nla_policy br_port_policy[IFLA_BRPORT_MAX + 1] = {
[IFLA_BRPORT_UNSPEC] = { .strict_start_type =
IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_EHT_HOSTS_LIMIT + 1 },
[IFLA_BRPORT_STATE] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BRPORT_COST] = { .type = NLA_U32 },
[IFLA_BRPORT_PRIORITY] = { .type = NLA_U16 },
[IFLA_BRPORT_MODE] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BRPORT_GUARD] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BRPORT_PROTECT] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BRPORT_FAST_LEAVE]= { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BRPORT_LEARNING] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BRPORT_UNICAST_FLOOD] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BRPORT_PROXYARP] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BRPORT_PROXYARP_WIFI] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BRPORT_MULTICAST_ROUTER] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_TO_UCAST] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_FLOOD] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BRPORT_BCAST_FLOOD] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BRPORT_VLAN_TUNNEL] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BRPORT_GROUP_FWD_MASK] = { .type = NLA_U16 },
[IFLA_BRPORT_NEIGH_SUPPRESS] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BRPORT_ISOLATED] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BRPORT_LOCKED] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
bridge: Add MAC Authentication Bypass (MAB) support Hosts that support 802.1X authentication are able to authenticate themselves by exchanging EAPOL frames with an authenticator (Ethernet bridge, in this case) and an authentication server. Access to the network is only granted by the authenticator to successfully authenticated hosts. The above is implemented in the bridge using the "locked" bridge port option. When enabled, link-local frames (e.g., EAPOL) can be locally received by the bridge, but all other frames are dropped unless the host is authenticated. That is, unless the user space control plane installed an FDB entry according to which the source address of the frame is located behind the locked ingress port. The entry can be dynamic, in which case learning needs to be enabled so that the entry will be refreshed by incoming traffic. There are deployments in which not all the devices connected to the authenticator (the bridge) support 802.1X. Such devices can include printers and cameras. One option to support such deployments is to unlock the bridge ports connecting these devices, but a slightly more secure option is to use MAB. When MAB is enabled, the MAC address of the connected device is used as the user name and password for the authentication. For MAB to work, the user space control plane needs to be notified about MAC addresses that are trying to gain access so that they will be compared against an allow list. This can be implemented via the regular learning process with the sole difference that learned FDB entries are installed with a new "locked" flag indicating that the entry cannot be used to authenticate the device. The flag cannot be set by user space, but user space can clear the flag by replacing the entry, thereby authenticating the device. Locked FDB entries implement the following semantics with regards to roaming, aging and forwarding: 1. Roaming: Locked FDB entries can roam to unlocked (authorized) ports, in which case the "locked" flag is cleared. FDB entries cannot roam to locked ports regardless of MAB being enabled or not. Therefore, locked FDB entries are only created if an FDB entry with the given {MAC, VID} does not already exist. This behavior prevents unauthenticated devices from disrupting traffic destined to already authenticated devices. 2. Aging: Locked FDB entries age and refresh by incoming traffic like regular entries. 3. Forwarding: Locked FDB entries forward traffic like regular entries. If user space detects an unauthorized MAC behind a locked port and wishes to prevent traffic with this MAC DA from reaching the host, it can do so using tc or a different mechanism. Enable the above behavior using a new bridge port option called "mab". It can only be enabled on a bridge port that is both locked and has learning enabled. Locked FDB entries are flushed from the port once MAB is disabled. A new option is added because there are pure 802.1X deployments that are not interested in notifications about locked FDB entries. Signed-off-by: Hans J. Schultz <netdev@kapio-technology.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-01 19:39:21 +00:00
[IFLA_BRPORT_MAB] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
net: bridge: add support for backup port This patch adds a new port attribute - IFLA_BRPORT_BACKUP_PORT, which allows to set a backup port to be used for known unicast traffic if the port has gone carrier down. The backup pointer is rcu protected and set only under RTNL, a counter is maintained so when deleting a port we know how many other ports reference it as a backup and we remove it from all. Also the pointer is in the first cache line which is hot at the time of the check and thus in the common case we only add one more test. The backup port will be used only for the non-flooding case since it's a part of the bridge and the flooded packets will be forwarded to it anyway. To remove the forwarding just send a 0/non-existing backup port. This is used to avoid numerous scalability problems when using MLAG most notably if we have thousands of fdbs one would need to change all of them on port carrier going down which takes too long and causes a storm of fdb notifications (and again when the port comes back up). In a Multi-chassis Link Aggregation setup usually hosts are connected to two different switches which act as a single logical switch. Those switches usually have a control and backup link between them called peerlink which might be used for communication in case a host loses connectivity to one of them. We need a fast way to failover in case a host port goes down and currently none of the solutions (like bond) cannot fulfill the requirements because the participating ports are actually the "master" devices and must have the same peerlink as their backup interface and at the same time all of them must participate in the bridge device. As Roopa noted it's normal practice in routing called fast re-route where a precalculated backup path is used when the main one is down. Another use case of this is with EVPN, having a single vxlan device which is backup of every port. Due to the nature of master devices it's not currently possible to use one device as a backup for many and still have all of them participate in the bridge (which is master itself). More detailed information about MLAG is available at the link below. https://docs.cumulusnetworks.com/display/DOCS/Multi-Chassis+Link+Aggregation+-+MLAG Further explanation and a diagram by Roopa: Two switches acting in a MLAG pair are connected by the peerlink interface which is a bridge port. the config on one of the switches looks like the below. The other switch also has a similar config. eth0 is connected to one port on the server. And the server is connected to both switches. br0 -- team0---eth0 | -- switch-peerlink Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-23 08:16:59 +00:00
[IFLA_BRPORT_BACKUP_PORT] = { .type = NLA_U32 },
[IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_EHT_HOSTS_LIMIT] = { .type = NLA_U32 },
net: bridge: Add netlink knobs for number / maximum MDB entries The previous patch added accounting for number of MDB entries per port and per port-VLAN, and the logic to verify that these values stay within configured bounds. However it didn't provide means to actually configure those bounds or read the occupancy. This patch does that. Two new netlink attributes are added for the MDB occupancy: IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_N_GROUPS for the per-port occupancy and BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY_MCAST_N_GROUPS for the per-port-VLAN occupancy. And another two for the maximum number of MDB entries: IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_MAX_GROUPS for the per-port maximum, and BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY_MCAST_MAX_GROUPS for the per-port-VLAN one. Note that the two new IFLA_BRPORT_ attributes prompt bumping of RTNL_SLAVE_MAX_TYPE to size the slave attribute tables large enough. The new attributes are used like this: # ip link add name br up type bridge vlan_filtering 1 mcast_snooping 1 \ mcast_vlan_snooping 1 mcast_querier 1 # ip link set dev v1 master br # bridge vlan add dev v1 vid 2 # bridge vlan set dev v1 vid 1 mcast_max_groups 1 # bridge mdb add dev br port v1 grp 230.1.2.3 temp vid 1 # bridge mdb add dev br port v1 grp 230.1.2.4 temp vid 1 Error: bridge: Port-VLAN is already in 1 groups, and mcast_max_groups=1. # bridge link set dev v1 mcast_max_groups 1 # bridge mdb add dev br port v1 grp 230.1.2.3 temp vid 2 Error: bridge: Port is already in 1 groups, and mcast_max_groups=1. # bridge -d link show 5: v1@v2: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 master br [...] [...] mcast_n_groups 1 mcast_max_groups 1 # bridge -d vlan show port vlan-id br 1 PVID Egress Untagged state forwarding mcast_router 1 v1 1 PVID Egress Untagged [...] mcast_n_groups 1 mcast_max_groups 1 2 [...] mcast_n_groups 0 mcast_max_groups 0 Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-02 17:59:26 +00:00
[IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_N_GROUPS] = { .type = NLA_REJECT },
[IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_MAX_GROUPS] = { .type = NLA_U32 },
[IFLA_BRPORT_NEIGH_VLAN_SUPPRESS] = NLA_POLICY_MAX(NLA_U8, 1),
bridge: Add backup nexthop ID support Add a new bridge port attribute that allows attaching a nexthop object ID to an skb that is redirected to a backup bridge port with VLAN tunneling enabled. Specifically, when redirecting a known unicast packet, read the backup nexthop ID from the bridge port that lost its carrier and set it in the bridge control block of the skb before forwarding it via the backup port. Note that reading the ID from the bridge port should not result in a cache miss as the ID is added next to the 'backup_port' field that was already accessed. After this change, the 'state' field still stays on the first cache line, together with other data path related fields such as 'flags and 'vlgrp': struct net_bridge_port { struct net_bridge * br; /* 0 8 */ struct net_device * dev; /* 8 8 */ netdevice_tracker dev_tracker; /* 16 0 */ struct list_head list; /* 16 16 */ long unsigned int flags; /* 32 8 */ struct net_bridge_vlan_group * vlgrp; /* 40 8 */ struct net_bridge_port * backup_port; /* 48 8 */ u32 backup_nhid; /* 56 4 */ u8 priority; /* 60 1 */ u8 state; /* 61 1 */ u16 port_no; /* 62 2 */ /* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) --- */ [...] } __attribute__((__aligned__(8))); When forwarding an skb via a bridge port that has VLAN tunneling enabled, check if the backup nexthop ID stored in the bridge control block is valid (i.e., not zero). If so, instead of attaching the pre-allocated metadata (that only has the tunnel key set), allocate a new metadata, set both the tunnel key and the nexthop object ID and attach it to the skb. By default, do not dump the new attribute to user space as a value of zero is an invalid nexthop object ID. The above is useful for EVPN multihoming. When one of the links composing an Ethernet Segment (ES) fails, traffic needs to be redirected towards the host via one of the other ES peers. For example, if a host is multihomed to three different VTEPs, the backup port of each ES link needs to be set to the VXLAN device and the backup nexthop ID needs to point to an FDB nexthop group that includes the IP addresses of the other two VTEPs. The VXLAN driver will extract the ID from the metadata of the redirected skb, calculate its flow hash and forward it towards one of the other VTEPs. If the ID does not exist, or represents an invalid nexthop object, the VXLAN driver will drop the skb. This relieves the bridge driver from the need to validate the ID. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-07-17 08:12:28 +00:00
[IFLA_BRPORT_BACKUP_NHID] = { .type = NLA_U32 },
};
/* Change the state of the port and notify spanning tree */
static int br_set_port_state(struct net_bridge_port *p, u8 state)
{
if (state > BR_STATE_BLOCKING)
return -EINVAL;
/* if kernel STP is running, don't allow changes */
if (p->br->stp_enabled == BR_KERNEL_STP)
return -EBUSY;
/* if device is not up, change is not allowed
* if link is not present, only allowable state is disabled
*/
if (!netif_running(p->dev) ||
(!netif_oper_up(p->dev) && state != BR_STATE_DISABLED))
return -ENETDOWN;
br_set_state(p, state);
br_port_state_selection(p->br);
return 0;
}
/* Set/clear or port flags based on attribute */
static void br_set_port_flag(struct net_bridge_port *p, struct nlattr *tb[],
int attrtype, unsigned long mask)
{
if (!tb[attrtype])
return;
if (nla_get_u8(tb[attrtype]))
p->flags |= mask;
else
p->flags &= ~mask;
}
/* Process bridge protocol info on port */
static int br_setport(struct net_bridge_port *p, struct nlattr *tb[],
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
unsigned long old_flags, changed_mask;
bool br_vlan_tunnel_old;
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
int err;
old_flags = p->flags;
br_vlan_tunnel_old = (old_flags & BR_VLAN_TUNNEL) ? true : false;
br_set_port_flag(p, tb, IFLA_BRPORT_MODE, BR_HAIRPIN_MODE);
br_set_port_flag(p, tb, IFLA_BRPORT_GUARD, BR_BPDU_GUARD);
br_set_port_flag(p, tb, IFLA_BRPORT_FAST_LEAVE,
BR_MULTICAST_FAST_LEAVE);
br_set_port_flag(p, tb, IFLA_BRPORT_PROTECT, BR_ROOT_BLOCK);
br_set_port_flag(p, tb, IFLA_BRPORT_LEARNING, BR_LEARNING);
br_set_port_flag(p, tb, IFLA_BRPORT_UNICAST_FLOOD, BR_FLOOD);
br_set_port_flag(p, tb, IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_FLOOD, BR_MCAST_FLOOD);
br_set_port_flag(p, tb, IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_TO_UCAST,
BR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST);
br_set_port_flag(p, tb, IFLA_BRPORT_BCAST_FLOOD, BR_BCAST_FLOOD);
br_set_port_flag(p, tb, IFLA_BRPORT_PROXYARP, BR_PROXYARP);
br_set_port_flag(p, tb, IFLA_BRPORT_PROXYARP_WIFI, BR_PROXYARP_WIFI);
br_set_port_flag(p, tb, IFLA_BRPORT_VLAN_TUNNEL, BR_VLAN_TUNNEL);
br_set_port_flag(p, tb, IFLA_BRPORT_NEIGH_SUPPRESS, BR_NEIGH_SUPPRESS);
br_set_port_flag(p, tb, IFLA_BRPORT_ISOLATED, BR_ISOLATED);
br_set_port_flag(p, tb, IFLA_BRPORT_LOCKED, BR_PORT_LOCKED);
bridge: Add MAC Authentication Bypass (MAB) support Hosts that support 802.1X authentication are able to authenticate themselves by exchanging EAPOL frames with an authenticator (Ethernet bridge, in this case) and an authentication server. Access to the network is only granted by the authenticator to successfully authenticated hosts. The above is implemented in the bridge using the "locked" bridge port option. When enabled, link-local frames (e.g., EAPOL) can be locally received by the bridge, but all other frames are dropped unless the host is authenticated. That is, unless the user space control plane installed an FDB entry according to which the source address of the frame is located behind the locked ingress port. The entry can be dynamic, in which case learning needs to be enabled so that the entry will be refreshed by incoming traffic. There are deployments in which not all the devices connected to the authenticator (the bridge) support 802.1X. Such devices can include printers and cameras. One option to support such deployments is to unlock the bridge ports connecting these devices, but a slightly more secure option is to use MAB. When MAB is enabled, the MAC address of the connected device is used as the user name and password for the authentication. For MAB to work, the user space control plane needs to be notified about MAC addresses that are trying to gain access so that they will be compared against an allow list. This can be implemented via the regular learning process with the sole difference that learned FDB entries are installed with a new "locked" flag indicating that the entry cannot be used to authenticate the device. The flag cannot be set by user space, but user space can clear the flag by replacing the entry, thereby authenticating the device. Locked FDB entries implement the following semantics with regards to roaming, aging and forwarding: 1. Roaming: Locked FDB entries can roam to unlocked (authorized) ports, in which case the "locked" flag is cleared. FDB entries cannot roam to locked ports regardless of MAB being enabled or not. Therefore, locked FDB entries are only created if an FDB entry with the given {MAC, VID} does not already exist. This behavior prevents unauthenticated devices from disrupting traffic destined to already authenticated devices. 2. Aging: Locked FDB entries age and refresh by incoming traffic like regular entries. 3. Forwarding: Locked FDB entries forward traffic like regular entries. If user space detects an unauthorized MAC behind a locked port and wishes to prevent traffic with this MAC DA from reaching the host, it can do so using tc or a different mechanism. Enable the above behavior using a new bridge port option called "mab". It can only be enabled on a bridge port that is both locked and has learning enabled. Locked FDB entries are flushed from the port once MAB is disabled. A new option is added because there are pure 802.1X deployments that are not interested in notifications about locked FDB entries. Signed-off-by: Hans J. Schultz <netdev@kapio-technology.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-01 19:39:21 +00:00
br_set_port_flag(p, tb, IFLA_BRPORT_MAB, BR_PORT_MAB);
br_set_port_flag(p, tb, IFLA_BRPORT_NEIGH_VLAN_SUPPRESS,
BR_NEIGH_VLAN_SUPPRESS);
bridge: Add MAC Authentication Bypass (MAB) support Hosts that support 802.1X authentication are able to authenticate themselves by exchanging EAPOL frames with an authenticator (Ethernet bridge, in this case) and an authentication server. Access to the network is only granted by the authenticator to successfully authenticated hosts. The above is implemented in the bridge using the "locked" bridge port option. When enabled, link-local frames (e.g., EAPOL) can be locally received by the bridge, but all other frames are dropped unless the host is authenticated. That is, unless the user space control plane installed an FDB entry according to which the source address of the frame is located behind the locked ingress port. The entry can be dynamic, in which case learning needs to be enabled so that the entry will be refreshed by incoming traffic. There are deployments in which not all the devices connected to the authenticator (the bridge) support 802.1X. Such devices can include printers and cameras. One option to support such deployments is to unlock the bridge ports connecting these devices, but a slightly more secure option is to use MAB. When MAB is enabled, the MAC address of the connected device is used as the user name and password for the authentication. For MAB to work, the user space control plane needs to be notified about MAC addresses that are trying to gain access so that they will be compared against an allow list. This can be implemented via the regular learning process with the sole difference that learned FDB entries are installed with a new "locked" flag indicating that the entry cannot be used to authenticate the device. The flag cannot be set by user space, but user space can clear the flag by replacing the entry, thereby authenticating the device. Locked FDB entries implement the following semantics with regards to roaming, aging and forwarding: 1. Roaming: Locked FDB entries can roam to unlocked (authorized) ports, in which case the "locked" flag is cleared. FDB entries cannot roam to locked ports regardless of MAB being enabled or not. Therefore, locked FDB entries are only created if an FDB entry with the given {MAC, VID} does not already exist. This behavior prevents unauthenticated devices from disrupting traffic destined to already authenticated devices. 2. Aging: Locked FDB entries age and refresh by incoming traffic like regular entries. 3. Forwarding: Locked FDB entries forward traffic like regular entries. If user space detects an unauthorized MAC behind a locked port and wishes to prevent traffic with this MAC DA from reaching the host, it can do so using tc or a different mechanism. Enable the above behavior using a new bridge port option called "mab". It can only be enabled on a bridge port that is both locked and has learning enabled. Locked FDB entries are flushed from the port once MAB is disabled. A new option is added because there are pure 802.1X deployments that are not interested in notifications about locked FDB entries. Signed-off-by: Hans J. Schultz <netdev@kapio-technology.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-11-01 19:39:21 +00:00
if ((p->flags & BR_PORT_MAB) &&
(!(p->flags & BR_PORT_LOCKED) || !(p->flags & BR_LEARNING))) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack, "Bridge port must be locked and have learning enabled when MAB is enabled");
p->flags = old_flags;
return -EINVAL;
} else if (!(p->flags & BR_PORT_MAB) && (old_flags & BR_PORT_MAB)) {
struct net_bridge_fdb_flush_desc desc = {
.flags = BIT(BR_FDB_LOCKED),
.flags_mask = BIT(BR_FDB_LOCKED),
.port_ifindex = p->dev->ifindex,
};
br_fdb_flush(p->br, &desc);
}
changed_mask = old_flags ^ p->flags;
err = br_switchdev_set_port_flag(p, p->flags, changed_mask, extack);
if (err) {
p->flags = old_flags;
return err;
}
bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support This patch adds support to attach per vlan tunnel info dst metadata. This enables bridge driver to map vlan to tunnel_info at ingress and egress. It uses the kernel dst_metadata infrastructure. The initial use case is vlan to vni bridging, but the api is generic to extend to any tunnel_info in the future: - Uapi to configure/unconfigure/dump per vlan tunnel data - netlink functions to configure vlan and tunnel_info mapping - Introduces bridge port flag BR_LWT_VLAN to enable attach/detach dst_metadata to bridged packets on ports. off by default. - changes to existing code is mainly refactor some existing vlan handling netlink code + hooks for new vlan tunnel code - I have kept the vlan tunnel code isolated in separate files. - most of the netlink vlan tunnel code is handling of vlan-tunid ranges (follows the vlan range handling code). To conserve space vlan-tunid by default are always dumped in ranges if applicable. Use case: example use for this is a vxlan bridging gateway or vtep which maps vlans to vn-segments (or vnis). iproute2 example (patched and pruned iproute2 output to just show relevant fdb entries): example shows same host mac learnt on two vni's and vlan 100 maps to vni 1000, vlan 101 maps to vni 1001 before (netdev per vni): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self after this patch with collect metdata in bridged mode (single netdev): $bridge fdb show | grep "00:02:00:00:00:03" 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 101 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1001 dst 12.0.0.8 self 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 vlan 100 master bridge 00:02:00:00:00:03 dev vxlan0 src_vni 1000 dst 12.0.0.8 self CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-01 06:59:54 +00:00
if (br_vlan_tunnel_old && !(p->flags & BR_VLAN_TUNNEL))
nbp_vlan_tunnel_info_flush(p);
br_port_flags_change(p, changed_mask);
if (tb[IFLA_BRPORT_COST]) {
err = br_stp_set_path_cost(p, nla_get_u32(tb[IFLA_BRPORT_COST]));
if (err)
return err;
}
if (tb[IFLA_BRPORT_PRIORITY]) {
err = br_stp_set_port_priority(p, nla_get_u16(tb[IFLA_BRPORT_PRIORITY]));
if (err)
return err;
}
if (tb[IFLA_BRPORT_STATE]) {
err = br_set_port_state(p, nla_get_u8(tb[IFLA_BRPORT_STATE]));
if (err)
return err;
}
if (tb[IFLA_BRPORT_FLUSH])
br_fdb_delete_by_port(p->br, p, 0, 0);
#ifdef CONFIG_BRIDGE_IGMP_SNOOPING
if (tb[IFLA_BRPORT_MULTICAST_ROUTER]) {
u8 mcast_router = nla_get_u8(tb[IFLA_BRPORT_MULTICAST_ROUTER]);
err = br_multicast_set_port_router(&p->multicast_ctx,
mcast_router);
if (err)
return err;
}
if (tb[IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_EHT_HOSTS_LIMIT]) {
u32 hlimit;
hlimit = nla_get_u32(tb[IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_EHT_HOSTS_LIMIT]);
err = br_multicast_eht_set_hosts_limit(p, hlimit);
if (err)
return err;
}
net: bridge: Add netlink knobs for number / maximum MDB entries The previous patch added accounting for number of MDB entries per port and per port-VLAN, and the logic to verify that these values stay within configured bounds. However it didn't provide means to actually configure those bounds or read the occupancy. This patch does that. Two new netlink attributes are added for the MDB occupancy: IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_N_GROUPS for the per-port occupancy and BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY_MCAST_N_GROUPS for the per-port-VLAN occupancy. And another two for the maximum number of MDB entries: IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_MAX_GROUPS for the per-port maximum, and BRIDGE_VLANDB_ENTRY_MCAST_MAX_GROUPS for the per-port-VLAN one. Note that the two new IFLA_BRPORT_ attributes prompt bumping of RTNL_SLAVE_MAX_TYPE to size the slave attribute tables large enough. The new attributes are used like this: # ip link add name br up type bridge vlan_filtering 1 mcast_snooping 1 \ mcast_vlan_snooping 1 mcast_querier 1 # ip link set dev v1 master br # bridge vlan add dev v1 vid 2 # bridge vlan set dev v1 vid 1 mcast_max_groups 1 # bridge mdb add dev br port v1 grp 230.1.2.3 temp vid 1 # bridge mdb add dev br port v1 grp 230.1.2.4 temp vid 1 Error: bridge: Port-VLAN is already in 1 groups, and mcast_max_groups=1. # bridge link set dev v1 mcast_max_groups 1 # bridge mdb add dev br port v1 grp 230.1.2.3 temp vid 2 Error: bridge: Port is already in 1 groups, and mcast_max_groups=1. # bridge -d link show 5: v1@v2: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 master br [...] [...] mcast_n_groups 1 mcast_max_groups 1 # bridge -d vlan show port vlan-id br 1 PVID Egress Untagged state forwarding mcast_router 1 v1 1 PVID Egress Untagged [...] mcast_n_groups 1 mcast_max_groups 1 2 [...] mcast_n_groups 0 mcast_max_groups 0 Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-02-02 17:59:26 +00:00
if (tb[IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_MAX_GROUPS]) {
u32 max_groups;
max_groups = nla_get_u32(tb[IFLA_BRPORT_MCAST_MAX_GROUPS]);
br_multicast_ngroups_set_max(&p->multicast_ctx, max_groups);
}
#endif
if (tb[IFLA_BRPORT_GROUP_FWD_MASK]) {
u16 fwd_mask = nla_get_u16(tb[IFLA_BRPORT_GROUP_FWD_MASK]);
if (fwd_mask & BR_GROUPFWD_MACPAUSE)
return -EINVAL;
p->group_fwd_mask = fwd_mask;
}
net: bridge: add support for backup port This patch adds a new port attribute - IFLA_BRPORT_BACKUP_PORT, which allows to set a backup port to be used for known unicast traffic if the port has gone carrier down. The backup pointer is rcu protected and set only under RTNL, a counter is maintained so when deleting a port we know how many other ports reference it as a backup and we remove it from all. Also the pointer is in the first cache line which is hot at the time of the check and thus in the common case we only add one more test. The backup port will be used only for the non-flooding case since it's a part of the bridge and the flooded packets will be forwarded to it anyway. To remove the forwarding just send a 0/non-existing backup port. This is used to avoid numerous scalability problems when using MLAG most notably if we have thousands of fdbs one would need to change all of them on port carrier going down which takes too long and causes a storm of fdb notifications (and again when the port comes back up). In a Multi-chassis Link Aggregation setup usually hosts are connected to two different switches which act as a single logical switch. Those switches usually have a control and backup link between them called peerlink which might be used for communication in case a host loses connectivity to one of them. We need a fast way to failover in case a host port goes down and currently none of the solutions (like bond) cannot fulfill the requirements because the participating ports are actually the "master" devices and must have the same peerlink as their backup interface and at the same time all of them must participate in the bridge device. As Roopa noted it's normal practice in routing called fast re-route where a precalculated backup path is used when the main one is down. Another use case of this is with EVPN, having a single vxlan device which is backup of every port. Due to the nature of master devices it's not currently possible to use one device as a backup for many and still have all of them participate in the bridge (which is master itself). More detailed information about MLAG is available at the link below. https://docs.cumulusnetworks.com/display/DOCS/Multi-Chassis+Link+Aggregation+-+MLAG Further explanation and a diagram by Roopa: Two switches acting in a MLAG pair are connected by the peerlink interface which is a bridge port. the config on one of the switches looks like the below. The other switch also has a similar config. eth0 is connected to one port on the server. And the server is connected to both switches. br0 -- team0---eth0 | -- switch-peerlink Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-23 08:16:59 +00:00
if (tb[IFLA_BRPORT_BACKUP_PORT]) {
struct net_device *backup_dev = NULL;
u32 backup_ifindex;
backup_ifindex = nla_get_u32(tb[IFLA_BRPORT_BACKUP_PORT]);
if (backup_ifindex) {
backup_dev = __dev_get_by_index(dev_net(p->dev),
backup_ifindex);
if (!backup_dev)
return -ENOENT;
}
err = nbp_backup_change(p, backup_dev);
if (err)
return err;
}
bridge: Add backup nexthop ID support Add a new bridge port attribute that allows attaching a nexthop object ID to an skb that is redirected to a backup bridge port with VLAN tunneling enabled. Specifically, when redirecting a known unicast packet, read the backup nexthop ID from the bridge port that lost its carrier and set it in the bridge control block of the skb before forwarding it via the backup port. Note that reading the ID from the bridge port should not result in a cache miss as the ID is added next to the 'backup_port' field that was already accessed. After this change, the 'state' field still stays on the first cache line, together with other data path related fields such as 'flags and 'vlgrp': struct net_bridge_port { struct net_bridge * br; /* 0 8 */ struct net_device * dev; /* 8 8 */ netdevice_tracker dev_tracker; /* 16 0 */ struct list_head list; /* 16 16 */ long unsigned int flags; /* 32 8 */ struct net_bridge_vlan_group * vlgrp; /* 40 8 */ struct net_bridge_port * backup_port; /* 48 8 */ u32 backup_nhid; /* 56 4 */ u8 priority; /* 60 1 */ u8 state; /* 61 1 */ u16 port_no; /* 62 2 */ /* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) --- */ [...] } __attribute__((__aligned__(8))); When forwarding an skb via a bridge port that has VLAN tunneling enabled, check if the backup nexthop ID stored in the bridge control block is valid (i.e., not zero). If so, instead of attaching the pre-allocated metadata (that only has the tunnel key set), allocate a new metadata, set both the tunnel key and the nexthop object ID and attach it to the skb. By default, do not dump the new attribute to user space as a value of zero is an invalid nexthop object ID. The above is useful for EVPN multihoming. When one of the links composing an Ethernet Segment (ES) fails, traffic needs to be redirected towards the host via one of the other ES peers. For example, if a host is multihomed to three different VTEPs, the backup port of each ES link needs to be set to the VXLAN device and the backup nexthop ID needs to point to an FDB nexthop group that includes the IP addresses of the other two VTEPs. The VXLAN driver will extract the ID from the metadata of the redirected skb, calculate its flow hash and forward it towards one of the other VTEPs. If the ID does not exist, or represents an invalid nexthop object, the VXLAN driver will drop the skb. This relieves the bridge driver from the need to validate the ID. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2023-07-17 08:12:28 +00:00
if (tb[IFLA_BRPORT_BACKUP_NHID]) {
u32 backup_nhid = nla_get_u32(tb[IFLA_BRPORT_BACKUP_NHID]);
WRITE_ONCE(p->backup_nhid, backup_nhid);
}
return 0;
}
/* Change state and parameters on port. */
int br_setlink(struct net_device *dev, struct nlmsghdr *nlh, u16 flags,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
struct net_bridge *br = (struct net_bridge *)netdev_priv(dev);
struct nlattr *tb[IFLA_BRPORT_MAX + 1];
struct net_bridge_port *p;
struct nlattr *protinfo;
struct nlattr *afspec;
bool changed = false;
int err = 0;
protinfo = nlmsg_find_attr(nlh, sizeof(struct ifinfomsg), IFLA_PROTINFO);
afspec = nlmsg_find_attr(nlh, sizeof(struct ifinfomsg), IFLA_AF_SPEC);
if (!protinfo && !afspec)
return 0;
p = br_port_get_rtnl(dev);
/* We want to accept dev as bridge itself if the AF_SPEC
* is set to see if someone is setting vlan info on the bridge
*/
if (!p && !afspec)
return -EINVAL;
if (p && protinfo) {
if (protinfo->nla_type & NLA_F_NESTED) {
netlink: make validation more configurable for future strictness We currently have two levels of strict validation: 1) liberal (default) - undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted - garbage at end of message accepted 2) strict (opt-in) - NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted Split out parsing strictness into four different options: * TRAILING - check that there's no trailing data after parsing attributes (in message or nested) * MAXTYPE - reject attrs > max known type * UNSPEC - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries * STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size The default for future things should be *everything*. The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE, and is renamed to _deprecated_strict(). The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to *_parse_deprecated(). Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply to the POLICY flag. We end up with the following renames: * nla_parse -> nla_parse_deprecated * nla_parse_strict -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict * nlmsg_parse -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated * nlmsg_parse_strict -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict * nla_parse_nested -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated * nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated Using spatch, of course: @@ expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) @@ expression START, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT) +nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong. Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication. Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is. In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:07:28 +00:00
err = nla_parse_nested_deprecated(tb, IFLA_BRPORT_MAX,
protinfo,
br_port_policy,
NULL);
if (err)
return err;
spin_lock_bh(&p->br->lock);
err = br_setport(p, tb, extack);
spin_unlock_bh(&p->br->lock);
} else {
/* Binary compatibility with old RSTP */
if (nla_len(protinfo) < sizeof(u8))
return -EINVAL;
spin_lock_bh(&p->br->lock);
err = br_set_port_state(p, nla_get_u8(protinfo));
spin_unlock_bh(&p->br->lock);
}
if (err)
goto out;
changed = true;
}
if (afspec)
err = br_afspec(br, p, afspec, RTM_SETLINK, &changed, extack);
if (changed)
br_ifinfo_notify(RTM_NEWLINK, br, p);
out:
return err;
}
/* Delete port information */
int br_dellink(struct net_device *dev, struct nlmsghdr *nlh, u16 flags)
{
struct net_bridge *br = (struct net_bridge *)netdev_priv(dev);
struct net_bridge_port *p;
struct nlattr *afspec;
bool changed = false;
int err = 0;
afspec = nlmsg_find_attr(nlh, sizeof(struct ifinfomsg), IFLA_AF_SPEC);
if (!afspec)
return 0;
p = br_port_get_rtnl(dev);
/* We want to accept dev as bridge itself as well */
if (!p && !netif_is_bridge_master(dev))
return -EINVAL;
err = br_afspec(br, p, afspec, RTM_DELLINK, &changed, NULL);
if (changed)
bridge: fix setlink/dellink notifications problems with bridge getlink/setlink notifications today: - bridge setlink generates two notifications to userspace - one from the bridge driver - one from rtnetlink.c (rtnl_bridge_notify) - dellink generates one notification from rtnetlink.c. Which means bridge setlink and dellink notifications are not consistent - Looking at the code it appears, If both BRIDGE_FLAGS_MASTER and BRIDGE_FLAGS_SELF were set, the size calculation in rtnl_bridge_notify can be wrong. Example: if you set both BRIDGE_FLAGS_MASTER and BRIDGE_FLAGS_SELF in a setlink request to rocker dev, rtnl_bridge_notify will allocate skb for one set of bridge attributes, but, both the bridge driver and rocker dev will try to add attributes resulting in twice the number of attributes being added to the skb. (rocker dev calls ndo_dflt_bridge_getlink) There are multiple options: 1) Generate one notification including all attributes from master and self: But, I don't think it will work, because both master and self may use the same attributes/policy. Cannot pack the same set of attributes in a single notification from both master and slave (duplicate attributes). 2) Generate one notification from master and the other notification from self (This seems to be ideal): For master: the master driver will send notification (bridge in this example) For self: the self driver will send notification (rocker in the above example. It can use helpers from rtnetlink.c to do so. Like the ndo_dflt_bridge_getlink api). This patch implements 2) (leaving the 'rtnl_bridge_notify' around to be used with 'self'). v1->v2 : - rtnl_bridge_notify is now called only for self, so, remove 'BRIDGE_FLAGS_SELF' check and cleanup a few things - rtnl_bridge_dellink used to always send a RTM_NEWLINK msg earlier. So, I have changed the notification from br_dellink to go as RTM_NEWLINK Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-15 04:02:25 +00:00
/* Send RTM_NEWLINK because userspace
* expects RTM_NEWLINK for vlan dels
*/
br_ifinfo_notify(RTM_NEWLINK, br, p);
return err;
}
static int br_validate(struct nlattr *tb[], struct nlattr *data[],
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
if (tb[IFLA_ADDRESS]) {
if (nla_len(tb[IFLA_ADDRESS]) != ETH_ALEN)
return -EINVAL;
if (!is_valid_ether_addr(nla_data(tb[IFLA_ADDRESS])))
return -EADDRNOTAVAIL;
}
if (!data)
return 0;
#ifdef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING
if (data[IFLA_BR_VLAN_PROTOCOL] &&
!eth_type_vlan(nla_get_be16(data[IFLA_BR_VLAN_PROTOCOL])))
return -EPROTONOSUPPORT;
if (data[IFLA_BR_VLAN_DEFAULT_PVID]) {
__u16 defpvid = nla_get_u16(data[IFLA_BR_VLAN_DEFAULT_PVID]);
if (defpvid >= VLAN_VID_MASK)
return -EINVAL;
}
#endif
return 0;
}
static int br_port_slave_changelink(struct net_device *brdev,
struct net_device *dev,
struct nlattr *tb[],
struct nlattr *data[],
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
struct net_bridge *br = netdev_priv(brdev);
int ret;
if (!data)
return 0;
spin_lock_bh(&br->lock);
ret = br_setport(br_port_get_rtnl(dev), data, extack);
spin_unlock_bh(&br->lock);
return ret;
}
static int br_port_fill_slave_info(struct sk_buff *skb,
const struct net_device *brdev,
const struct net_device *dev)
{
return br_port_fill_attrs(skb, br_port_get_rtnl(dev));
}
static size_t br_port_get_slave_size(const struct net_device *brdev,
const struct net_device *dev)
{
return br_port_info_size();
}
static const struct nla_policy br_policy[IFLA_BR_MAX + 1] = {
[IFLA_BR_UNSPEC] = { .strict_start_type =
IFLA_BR_FDB_N_LEARNED },
[IFLA_BR_FORWARD_DELAY] = { .type = NLA_U32 },
[IFLA_BR_HELLO_TIME] = { .type = NLA_U32 },
[IFLA_BR_MAX_AGE] = { .type = NLA_U32 },
[IFLA_BR_AGEING_TIME] = { .type = NLA_U32 },
[IFLA_BR_STP_STATE] = { .type = NLA_U32 },
[IFLA_BR_PRIORITY] = { .type = NLA_U16 },
[IFLA_BR_VLAN_FILTERING] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BR_VLAN_PROTOCOL] = { .type = NLA_U16 },
[IFLA_BR_GROUP_FWD_MASK] = { .type = NLA_U16 },
[IFLA_BR_GROUP_ADDR] = { .type = NLA_BINARY,
.len = ETH_ALEN },
[IFLA_BR_MCAST_ROUTER] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BR_MCAST_SNOOPING] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERY_USE_IFADDR] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERIER] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BR_MCAST_HASH_ELASTICITY] = { .type = NLA_U32 },
[IFLA_BR_MCAST_HASH_MAX] = { .type = NLA_U32 },
[IFLA_BR_MCAST_LAST_MEMBER_CNT] = { .type = NLA_U32 },
[IFLA_BR_MCAST_STARTUP_QUERY_CNT] = { .type = NLA_U32 },
[IFLA_BR_MCAST_LAST_MEMBER_INTVL] = { .type = NLA_U64 },
[IFLA_BR_MCAST_MEMBERSHIP_INTVL] = { .type = NLA_U64 },
[IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERIER_INTVL] = { .type = NLA_U64 },
[IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERY_INTVL] = { .type = NLA_U64 },
[IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERY_RESPONSE_INTVL] = { .type = NLA_U64 },
[IFLA_BR_MCAST_STARTUP_QUERY_INTVL] = { .type = NLA_U64 },
[IFLA_BR_NF_CALL_IPTABLES] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BR_NF_CALL_IP6TABLES] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BR_NF_CALL_ARPTABLES] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BR_VLAN_DEFAULT_PVID] = { .type = NLA_U16 },
[IFLA_BR_VLAN_STATS_ENABLED] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BR_MCAST_STATS_ENABLED] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BR_MCAST_IGMP_VERSION] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BR_MCAST_MLD_VERSION] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BR_VLAN_STATS_PER_PORT] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_BR_MULTI_BOOLOPT] =
NLA_POLICY_EXACT_LEN(sizeof(struct br_boolopt_multi)),
[IFLA_BR_FDB_N_LEARNED] = { .type = NLA_REJECT },
[IFLA_BR_FDB_MAX_LEARNED] = { .type = NLA_U32 },
};
static int br_changelink(struct net_device *brdev, struct nlattr *tb[],
struct nlattr *data[],
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
struct net_bridge *br = netdev_priv(brdev);
int err;
if (!data)
return 0;
if (data[IFLA_BR_FORWARD_DELAY]) {
err = br_set_forward_delay(br, nla_get_u32(data[IFLA_BR_FORWARD_DELAY]));
if (err)
return err;
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_HELLO_TIME]) {
err = br_set_hello_time(br, nla_get_u32(data[IFLA_BR_HELLO_TIME]));
if (err)
return err;
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_MAX_AGE]) {
err = br_set_max_age(br, nla_get_u32(data[IFLA_BR_MAX_AGE]));
if (err)
return err;
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_AGEING_TIME]) {
err = br_set_ageing_time(br, nla_get_u32(data[IFLA_BR_AGEING_TIME]));
if (err)
return err;
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_STP_STATE]) {
u32 stp_enabled = nla_get_u32(data[IFLA_BR_STP_STATE]);
err = br_stp_set_enabled(br, stp_enabled, extack);
if (err)
return err;
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_PRIORITY]) {
u32 priority = nla_get_u16(data[IFLA_BR_PRIORITY]);
br_stp_set_bridge_priority(br, priority);
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_VLAN_FILTERING]) {
u8 vlan_filter = nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_BR_VLAN_FILTERING]);
err = br_vlan_filter_toggle(br, vlan_filter, extack);
if (err)
return err;
}
#ifdef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING
if (data[IFLA_BR_VLAN_PROTOCOL]) {
__be16 vlan_proto = nla_get_be16(data[IFLA_BR_VLAN_PROTOCOL]);
err = __br_vlan_set_proto(br, vlan_proto, extack);
if (err)
return err;
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_VLAN_DEFAULT_PVID]) {
__u16 defpvid = nla_get_u16(data[IFLA_BR_VLAN_DEFAULT_PVID]);
err = __br_vlan_set_default_pvid(br, defpvid, extack);
if (err)
return err;
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_VLAN_STATS_ENABLED]) {
__u8 vlan_stats = nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_BR_VLAN_STATS_ENABLED]);
err = br_vlan_set_stats(br, vlan_stats);
if (err)
return err;
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_VLAN_STATS_PER_PORT]) {
__u8 per_port = nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_BR_VLAN_STATS_PER_PORT]);
err = br_vlan_set_stats_per_port(br, per_port);
if (err)
return err;
}
#endif
if (data[IFLA_BR_GROUP_FWD_MASK]) {
u16 fwd_mask = nla_get_u16(data[IFLA_BR_GROUP_FWD_MASK]);
if (fwd_mask & BR_GROUPFWD_RESTRICTED)
return -EINVAL;
br->group_fwd_mask = fwd_mask;
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_GROUP_ADDR]) {
u8 new_addr[ETH_ALEN];
if (nla_len(data[IFLA_BR_GROUP_ADDR]) != ETH_ALEN)
return -EINVAL;
memcpy(new_addr, nla_data(data[IFLA_BR_GROUP_ADDR]), ETH_ALEN);
if (!is_link_local_ether_addr(new_addr))
return -EINVAL;
if (new_addr[5] == 1 || /* 802.3x Pause address */
new_addr[5] == 2 || /* 802.3ad Slow protocols */
new_addr[5] == 3) /* 802.1X PAE address */
return -EINVAL;
spin_lock_bh(&br->lock);
memcpy(br->group_addr, new_addr, sizeof(br->group_addr));
spin_unlock_bh(&br->lock);
br_opt_toggle(br, BROPT_GROUP_ADDR_SET, true);
br_recalculate_fwd_mask(br);
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_FDB_FLUSH]) {
struct net_bridge_fdb_flush_desc desc = {
.flags_mask = BIT(BR_FDB_STATIC)
};
br_fdb_flush(br, &desc);
}
#ifdef CONFIG_BRIDGE_IGMP_SNOOPING
if (data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_ROUTER]) {
u8 multicast_router = nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_ROUTER]);
err = br_multicast_set_router(&br->multicast_ctx,
multicast_router);
if (err)
return err;
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_SNOOPING]) {
u8 mcast_snooping = nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_SNOOPING]);
err = br_multicast_toggle(br, mcast_snooping, extack);
if (err)
return err;
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERY_USE_IFADDR]) {
u8 val;
val = nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERY_USE_IFADDR]);
br_opt_toggle(br, BROPT_MULTICAST_QUERY_USE_IFADDR, !!val);
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERIER]) {
u8 mcast_querier = nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERIER]);
err = br_multicast_set_querier(&br->multicast_ctx,
mcast_querier);
if (err)
return err;
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_HASH_ELASTICITY])
br_warn(br, "the hash_elasticity option has been deprecated and is always %u\n",
RHT_ELASTICITY);
if (data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_HASH_MAX])
br->hash_max = nla_get_u32(data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_HASH_MAX]);
if (data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_LAST_MEMBER_CNT]) {
u32 val = nla_get_u32(data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_LAST_MEMBER_CNT]);
br->multicast_ctx.multicast_last_member_count = val;
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_STARTUP_QUERY_CNT]) {
u32 val = nla_get_u32(data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_STARTUP_QUERY_CNT]);
br->multicast_ctx.multicast_startup_query_count = val;
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_LAST_MEMBER_INTVL]) {
u64 val = nla_get_u64(data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_LAST_MEMBER_INTVL]);
br->multicast_ctx.multicast_last_member_interval = clock_t_to_jiffies(val);
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_MEMBERSHIP_INTVL]) {
u64 val = nla_get_u64(data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_MEMBERSHIP_INTVL]);
br->multicast_ctx.multicast_membership_interval = clock_t_to_jiffies(val);
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERIER_INTVL]) {
u64 val = nla_get_u64(data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERIER_INTVL]);
br->multicast_ctx.multicast_querier_interval = clock_t_to_jiffies(val);
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERY_INTVL]) {
u64 val = nla_get_u64(data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERY_INTVL]);
br_multicast_set_query_intvl(&br->multicast_ctx, val);
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERY_RESPONSE_INTVL]) {
u64 val = nla_get_u64(data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERY_RESPONSE_INTVL]);
br->multicast_ctx.multicast_query_response_interval = clock_t_to_jiffies(val);
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_STARTUP_QUERY_INTVL]) {
u64 val = nla_get_u64(data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_STARTUP_QUERY_INTVL]);
br_multicast_set_startup_query_intvl(&br->multicast_ctx, val);
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_STATS_ENABLED]) {
__u8 mcast_stats;
mcast_stats = nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_STATS_ENABLED]);
br_opt_toggle(br, BROPT_MULTICAST_STATS_ENABLED, !!mcast_stats);
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_IGMP_VERSION]) {
__u8 igmp_version;
igmp_version = nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_IGMP_VERSION]);
err = br_multicast_set_igmp_version(&br->multicast_ctx,
igmp_version);
if (err)
return err;
}
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
if (data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_MLD_VERSION]) {
__u8 mld_version;
mld_version = nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_BR_MCAST_MLD_VERSION]);
err = br_multicast_set_mld_version(&br->multicast_ctx,
mld_version);
if (err)
return err;
}
#endif
#endif
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_BRIDGE_NETFILTER)
if (data[IFLA_BR_NF_CALL_IPTABLES]) {
u8 val = nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_BR_NF_CALL_IPTABLES]);
br_opt_toggle(br, BROPT_NF_CALL_IPTABLES, !!val);
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_NF_CALL_IP6TABLES]) {
u8 val = nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_BR_NF_CALL_IP6TABLES]);
br_opt_toggle(br, BROPT_NF_CALL_IP6TABLES, !!val);
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_NF_CALL_ARPTABLES]) {
u8 val = nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_BR_NF_CALL_ARPTABLES]);
br_opt_toggle(br, BROPT_NF_CALL_ARPTABLES, !!val);
}
#endif
net: bridge: add support for user-controlled bool options We have been adding many new bridge options, a big number of which are boolean but still take up netlink attribute ids and waste space in the skb. Recently we discussed learning from link-local packets[1] and decided yet another new boolean option will be needed, thus introducing this API to save some bridge nl space. The API supports changing the value of multiple boolean options at once via the br_boolopt_multi struct which has an optmask (which options to set, bit per opt) and optval (options' new values). Future boolean options will only be added to the br_boolopt_id enum and then will have to be handled in br_boolopt_toggle/get. The API will automatically add the ability to change and export them via netlink, sysfs can use the single boolopt function versions to do the same. The behaviour with failing/succeeding is the same as with normal netlink option changing. If an option requires mapping to internal kernel flag or needs special configuration to be enabled then it should be handled in br_boolopt_toggle. It should also be able to retrieve an option's current state via br_boolopt_get. v2: WARN_ON() on unsupported option as that shouldn't be possible and also will help catch people who add new options without handling them for both set and get. Pass down extack so if an option desires it could set it on error and be more user-friendly. [1] https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg532698.html Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-24 02:34:20 +00:00
if (data[IFLA_BR_MULTI_BOOLOPT]) {
struct br_boolopt_multi *bm;
bm = nla_data(data[IFLA_BR_MULTI_BOOLOPT]);
err = br_boolopt_multi_toggle(br, bm, extack);
if (err)
return err;
}
if (data[IFLA_BR_FDB_MAX_LEARNED]) {
u32 val = nla_get_u32(data[IFLA_BR_FDB_MAX_LEARNED]);
WRITE_ONCE(br->fdb_max_learned, val);
}
return 0;
}
static int br_dev_newlink(struct net *src_net, struct net_device *dev,
struct nlattr *tb[], struct nlattr *data[],
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
struct net_bridge *br = netdev_priv(dev);
int err;
net: bridge: fix early call to br_stp_change_bridge_id and plug newlink leaks The early call to br_stp_change_bridge_id in bridge's newlink can cause a memory leak if an error occurs during the newlink because the fdb entries are not cleaned up if a different lladdr was specified, also another minor issue is that it generates fdb notifications with ifindex = 0. Another unrelated memory leak is the bridge sysfs entries which get added on NETDEV_REGISTER event, but are not cleaned up in the newlink error path. To remove this special case the call to br_stp_change_bridge_id is done after netdev register and we cleanup the bridge on changelink error via br_dev_delete to plug all leaks. This patch makes netlink bridge destruction on newlink error the same as dellink and ioctl del which is necessary since at that point we have a fully initialized bridge device. To reproduce the issue: $ ip l add br0 address 00:11:22:33:44:55 type bridge group_fwd_mask 1 RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument $ rmmod bridge [ 1822.142525] ============================================================================= [ 1822.143640] BUG bridge_fdb_cache (Tainted: G O ): Objects remaining in bridge_fdb_cache on __kmem_cache_shutdown() [ 1822.144821] ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- [ 1822.145990] Disabling lock debugging due to kernel taint [ 1822.146732] INFO: Slab 0x0000000092a844b2 objects=32 used=2 fp=0x00000000fef011b0 flags=0x1ffff8000000100 [ 1822.147700] CPU: 2 PID: 13584 Comm: rmmod Tainted: G B O 4.15.0-rc2+ #87 [ 1822.148578] Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS 1.7.5-20140531_083030-gandalf 04/01/2014 [ 1822.150008] Call Trace: [ 1822.150510] dump_stack+0x78/0xa9 [ 1822.151156] slab_err+0xb1/0xd3 [ 1822.151834] ? __kmalloc+0x1bb/0x1ce [ 1822.152546] __kmem_cache_shutdown+0x151/0x28b [ 1822.153395] shutdown_cache+0x13/0x144 [ 1822.154126] kmem_cache_destroy+0x1c0/0x1fb [ 1822.154669] SyS_delete_module+0x194/0x244 [ 1822.155199] ? trace_hardirqs_on_thunk+0x1a/0x1c [ 1822.155773] entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x23/0x9a [ 1822.156343] RIP: 0033:0x7f929bd38b17 [ 1822.156859] RSP: 002b:00007ffd160e9a98 EFLAGS: 00000202 ORIG_RAX: 00000000000000b0 [ 1822.157728] RAX: ffffffffffffffda RBX: 00005578316ba090 RCX: 00007f929bd38b17 [ 1822.158422] RDX: 00007f929bd9ec60 RSI: 0000000000000800 RDI: 00005578316ba0f0 [ 1822.159114] RBP: 0000000000000003 R08: 00007f929bff5f20 R09: 00007ffd160e8a11 [ 1822.159808] R10: 00007ffd160e9860 R11: 0000000000000202 R12: 00007ffd160e8a80 [ 1822.160513] R13: 0000000000000000 R14: 0000000000000000 R15: 00005578316ba090 [ 1822.161278] INFO: Object 0x000000007645de29 @offset=0 [ 1822.161666] INFO: Object 0x00000000d5df2ab5 @offset=128 Fixes: 30313a3d5794 ("bridge: Handle IFLA_ADDRESS correctly when creating bridge device") Fixes: 5b8d5429daa0 ("bridge: netlink: register netdevice before executing changelink") Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-18 15:35:09 +00:00
err = register_netdevice(dev);
if (err)
return err;
if (tb[IFLA_ADDRESS]) {
spin_lock_bh(&br->lock);
br_stp_change_bridge_id(br, nla_data(tb[IFLA_ADDRESS]));
spin_unlock_bh(&br->lock);
}
err = br_changelink(dev, tb, data, extack);
bridge: netlink: register netdevice before executing changelink Peter reported a kernel oops when executing the following command: $ ip link add name test type bridge vlan_default_pvid 1 [13634.939408] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000190 [13634.939436] IP: __vlan_add+0x73/0x5f0 [...] [13634.939783] Call Trace: [13634.939791] ? pcpu_next_unpop+0x3b/0x50 [13634.939801] ? pcpu_alloc+0x3d2/0x680 [13634.939810] ? br_vlan_add+0x135/0x1b0 [13634.939820] ? __br_vlan_set_default_pvid.part.28+0x204/0x2b0 [13634.939834] ? br_changelink+0x120/0x4e0 [13634.939844] ? br_dev_newlink+0x50/0x70 [13634.939854] ? rtnl_newlink+0x5f5/0x8a0 [13634.939864] ? rtnl_newlink+0x176/0x8a0 [13634.939874] ? mem_cgroup_commit_charge+0x7c/0x4e0 [13634.939886] ? rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0xe1/0x220 [13634.939896] ? lookup_fast+0x52/0x370 [13634.939905] ? rtnl_newlink+0x8a0/0x8a0 [13634.939915] ? netlink_rcv_skb+0xa1/0xc0 [13634.939925] ? rtnetlink_rcv+0x24/0x30 [13634.939934] ? netlink_unicast+0x177/0x220 [13634.939944] ? netlink_sendmsg+0x2fe/0x3b0 [13634.939954] ? _copy_from_user+0x39/0x40 [13634.939964] ? sock_sendmsg+0x30/0x40 [13634.940159] ? ___sys_sendmsg+0x29d/0x2b0 [13634.940326] ? __alloc_pages_nodemask+0xdf/0x230 [13634.940478] ? mem_cgroup_commit_charge+0x7c/0x4e0 [13634.940592] ? mem_cgroup_try_charge+0x76/0x1a0 [13634.940701] ? __handle_mm_fault+0xdb9/0x10b0 [13634.940809] ? __sys_sendmsg+0x51/0x90 [13634.940917] ? entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x1e/0xad The problem is that the bridge's VLAN group is created after setting the default PVID, when registering the netdevice and executing its ndo_init(). Fix this by changing the order of both operations, so that br_changelink() is only processed after the netdevice is registered, when the VLAN group is already initialized. Fixes: b6677449dff6 ("bridge: netlink: call br_changelink() during br_dev_newlink()") Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reported-by: Peter V. Saveliev <peter@svinota.eu> Tested-by: Peter V. Saveliev <peter@svinota.eu> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-04-10 11:59:28 +00:00
if (err)
net: bridge: fix early call to br_stp_change_bridge_id and plug newlink leaks The early call to br_stp_change_bridge_id in bridge's newlink can cause a memory leak if an error occurs during the newlink because the fdb entries are not cleaned up if a different lladdr was specified, also another minor issue is that it generates fdb notifications with ifindex = 0. Another unrelated memory leak is the bridge sysfs entries which get added on NETDEV_REGISTER event, but are not cleaned up in the newlink error path. To remove this special case the call to br_stp_change_bridge_id is done after netdev register and we cleanup the bridge on changelink error via br_dev_delete to plug all leaks. This patch makes netlink bridge destruction on newlink error the same as dellink and ioctl del which is necessary since at that point we have a fully initialized bridge device. To reproduce the issue: $ ip l add br0 address 00:11:22:33:44:55 type bridge group_fwd_mask 1 RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument $ rmmod bridge [ 1822.142525] ============================================================================= [ 1822.143640] BUG bridge_fdb_cache (Tainted: G O ): Objects remaining in bridge_fdb_cache on __kmem_cache_shutdown() [ 1822.144821] ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- [ 1822.145990] Disabling lock debugging due to kernel taint [ 1822.146732] INFO: Slab 0x0000000092a844b2 objects=32 used=2 fp=0x00000000fef011b0 flags=0x1ffff8000000100 [ 1822.147700] CPU: 2 PID: 13584 Comm: rmmod Tainted: G B O 4.15.0-rc2+ #87 [ 1822.148578] Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS 1.7.5-20140531_083030-gandalf 04/01/2014 [ 1822.150008] Call Trace: [ 1822.150510] dump_stack+0x78/0xa9 [ 1822.151156] slab_err+0xb1/0xd3 [ 1822.151834] ? __kmalloc+0x1bb/0x1ce [ 1822.152546] __kmem_cache_shutdown+0x151/0x28b [ 1822.153395] shutdown_cache+0x13/0x144 [ 1822.154126] kmem_cache_destroy+0x1c0/0x1fb [ 1822.154669] SyS_delete_module+0x194/0x244 [ 1822.155199] ? trace_hardirqs_on_thunk+0x1a/0x1c [ 1822.155773] entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x23/0x9a [ 1822.156343] RIP: 0033:0x7f929bd38b17 [ 1822.156859] RSP: 002b:00007ffd160e9a98 EFLAGS: 00000202 ORIG_RAX: 00000000000000b0 [ 1822.157728] RAX: ffffffffffffffda RBX: 00005578316ba090 RCX: 00007f929bd38b17 [ 1822.158422] RDX: 00007f929bd9ec60 RSI: 0000000000000800 RDI: 00005578316ba0f0 [ 1822.159114] RBP: 0000000000000003 R08: 00007f929bff5f20 R09: 00007ffd160e8a11 [ 1822.159808] R10: 00007ffd160e9860 R11: 0000000000000202 R12: 00007ffd160e8a80 [ 1822.160513] R13: 0000000000000000 R14: 0000000000000000 R15: 00005578316ba090 [ 1822.161278] INFO: Object 0x000000007645de29 @offset=0 [ 1822.161666] INFO: Object 0x00000000d5df2ab5 @offset=128 Fixes: 30313a3d5794 ("bridge: Handle IFLA_ADDRESS correctly when creating bridge device") Fixes: 5b8d5429daa0 ("bridge: netlink: register netdevice before executing changelink") Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-18 15:35:09 +00:00
br_dev_delete(dev, NULL);
bridge: netlink: register netdevice before executing changelink Peter reported a kernel oops when executing the following command: $ ip link add name test type bridge vlan_default_pvid 1 [13634.939408] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000190 [13634.939436] IP: __vlan_add+0x73/0x5f0 [...] [13634.939783] Call Trace: [13634.939791] ? pcpu_next_unpop+0x3b/0x50 [13634.939801] ? pcpu_alloc+0x3d2/0x680 [13634.939810] ? br_vlan_add+0x135/0x1b0 [13634.939820] ? __br_vlan_set_default_pvid.part.28+0x204/0x2b0 [13634.939834] ? br_changelink+0x120/0x4e0 [13634.939844] ? br_dev_newlink+0x50/0x70 [13634.939854] ? rtnl_newlink+0x5f5/0x8a0 [13634.939864] ? rtnl_newlink+0x176/0x8a0 [13634.939874] ? mem_cgroup_commit_charge+0x7c/0x4e0 [13634.939886] ? rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0xe1/0x220 [13634.939896] ? lookup_fast+0x52/0x370 [13634.939905] ? rtnl_newlink+0x8a0/0x8a0 [13634.939915] ? netlink_rcv_skb+0xa1/0xc0 [13634.939925] ? rtnetlink_rcv+0x24/0x30 [13634.939934] ? netlink_unicast+0x177/0x220 [13634.939944] ? netlink_sendmsg+0x2fe/0x3b0 [13634.939954] ? _copy_from_user+0x39/0x40 [13634.939964] ? sock_sendmsg+0x30/0x40 [13634.940159] ? ___sys_sendmsg+0x29d/0x2b0 [13634.940326] ? __alloc_pages_nodemask+0xdf/0x230 [13634.940478] ? mem_cgroup_commit_charge+0x7c/0x4e0 [13634.940592] ? mem_cgroup_try_charge+0x76/0x1a0 [13634.940701] ? __handle_mm_fault+0xdb9/0x10b0 [13634.940809] ? __sys_sendmsg+0x51/0x90 [13634.940917] ? entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x1e/0xad The problem is that the bridge's VLAN group is created after setting the default PVID, when registering the netdevice and executing its ndo_init(). Fix this by changing the order of both operations, so that br_changelink() is only processed after the netdevice is registered, when the VLAN group is already initialized. Fixes: b6677449dff6 ("bridge: netlink: call br_changelink() during br_dev_newlink()") Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reported-by: Peter V. Saveliev <peter@svinota.eu> Tested-by: Peter V. Saveliev <peter@svinota.eu> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-04-10 11:59:28 +00:00
return err;
}
static size_t br_get_size(const struct net_device *brdev)
{
return nla_total_size(sizeof(u32)) + /* IFLA_BR_FORWARD_DELAY */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u32)) + /* IFLA_BR_HELLO_TIME */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u32)) + /* IFLA_BR_MAX_AGE */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u32)) + /* IFLA_BR_AGEING_TIME */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u32)) + /* IFLA_BR_STP_STATE */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u16)) + /* IFLA_BR_PRIORITY */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u8)) + /* IFLA_BR_VLAN_FILTERING */
#ifdef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING
nla_total_size(sizeof(__be16)) + /* IFLA_BR_VLAN_PROTOCOL */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u16)) + /* IFLA_BR_VLAN_DEFAULT_PVID */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u8)) + /* IFLA_BR_VLAN_STATS_ENABLED */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u8)) + /* IFLA_BR_VLAN_STATS_PER_PORT */
#endif
nla_total_size(sizeof(u16)) + /* IFLA_BR_GROUP_FWD_MASK */
nla_total_size(sizeof(struct ifla_bridge_id)) + /* IFLA_BR_ROOT_ID */
nla_total_size(sizeof(struct ifla_bridge_id)) + /* IFLA_BR_BRIDGE_ID */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u16)) + /* IFLA_BR_ROOT_PORT */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u32)) + /* IFLA_BR_ROOT_PATH_COST */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u8)) + /* IFLA_BR_TOPOLOGY_CHANGE */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u8)) + /* IFLA_BR_TOPOLOGY_CHANGE_DETECTED */
nla_total_size_64bit(sizeof(u64)) + /* IFLA_BR_HELLO_TIMER */
nla_total_size_64bit(sizeof(u64)) + /* IFLA_BR_TCN_TIMER */
nla_total_size_64bit(sizeof(u64)) + /* IFLA_BR_TOPOLOGY_CHANGE_TIMER */
nla_total_size_64bit(sizeof(u64)) + /* IFLA_BR_GC_TIMER */
nla_total_size(ETH_ALEN) + /* IFLA_BR_GROUP_ADDR */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u32)) + /* IFLA_BR_FDB_N_LEARNED */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u32)) + /* IFLA_BR_FDB_MAX_LEARNED */
#ifdef CONFIG_BRIDGE_IGMP_SNOOPING
nla_total_size(sizeof(u8)) + /* IFLA_BR_MCAST_ROUTER */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u8)) + /* IFLA_BR_MCAST_SNOOPING */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u8)) + /* IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERY_USE_IFADDR */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u8)) + /* IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERIER */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u8)) + /* IFLA_BR_MCAST_STATS_ENABLED */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u32)) + /* IFLA_BR_MCAST_HASH_ELASTICITY */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u32)) + /* IFLA_BR_MCAST_HASH_MAX */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u32)) + /* IFLA_BR_MCAST_LAST_MEMBER_CNT */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u32)) + /* IFLA_BR_MCAST_STARTUP_QUERY_CNT */
nla_total_size_64bit(sizeof(u64)) + /* IFLA_BR_MCAST_LAST_MEMBER_INTVL */
nla_total_size_64bit(sizeof(u64)) + /* IFLA_BR_MCAST_MEMBERSHIP_INTVL */
nla_total_size_64bit(sizeof(u64)) + /* IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERIER_INTVL */
nla_total_size_64bit(sizeof(u64)) + /* IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERY_INTVL */
nla_total_size_64bit(sizeof(u64)) + /* IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERY_RESPONSE_INTVL */
nla_total_size_64bit(sizeof(u64)) + /* IFLA_BR_MCAST_STARTUP_QUERY_INTVL */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u8)) + /* IFLA_BR_MCAST_IGMP_VERSION */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u8)) + /* IFLA_BR_MCAST_MLD_VERSION */
br_multicast_querier_state_size() + /* IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERIER_STATE */
#endif
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_BRIDGE_NETFILTER)
nla_total_size(sizeof(u8)) + /* IFLA_BR_NF_CALL_IPTABLES */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u8)) + /* IFLA_BR_NF_CALL_IP6TABLES */
nla_total_size(sizeof(u8)) + /* IFLA_BR_NF_CALL_ARPTABLES */
#endif
net: bridge: add support for user-controlled bool options We have been adding many new bridge options, a big number of which are boolean but still take up netlink attribute ids and waste space in the skb. Recently we discussed learning from link-local packets[1] and decided yet another new boolean option will be needed, thus introducing this API to save some bridge nl space. The API supports changing the value of multiple boolean options at once via the br_boolopt_multi struct which has an optmask (which options to set, bit per opt) and optval (options' new values). Future boolean options will only be added to the br_boolopt_id enum and then will have to be handled in br_boolopt_toggle/get. The API will automatically add the ability to change and export them via netlink, sysfs can use the single boolopt function versions to do the same. The behaviour with failing/succeeding is the same as with normal netlink option changing. If an option requires mapping to internal kernel flag or needs special configuration to be enabled then it should be handled in br_boolopt_toggle. It should also be able to retrieve an option's current state via br_boolopt_get. v2: WARN_ON() on unsupported option as that shouldn't be possible and also will help catch people who add new options without handling them for both set and get. Pass down extack so if an option desires it could set it on error and be more user-friendly. [1] https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg532698.html Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-24 02:34:20 +00:00
nla_total_size(sizeof(struct br_boolopt_multi)) + /* IFLA_BR_MULTI_BOOLOPT */
0;
}
static int br_fill_info(struct sk_buff *skb, const struct net_device *brdev)
{
struct net_bridge *br = netdev_priv(brdev);
u32 forward_delay = jiffies_to_clock_t(br->forward_delay);
u32 hello_time = jiffies_to_clock_t(br->hello_time);
u32 age_time = jiffies_to_clock_t(br->max_age);
u32 ageing_time = jiffies_to_clock_t(br->ageing_time);
u32 stp_enabled = br->stp_enabled;
u16 priority = (br->bridge_id.prio[0] << 8) | br->bridge_id.prio[1];
u8 vlan_enabled = br_vlan_enabled(br->dev);
net: bridge: add support for user-controlled bool options We have been adding many new bridge options, a big number of which are boolean but still take up netlink attribute ids and waste space in the skb. Recently we discussed learning from link-local packets[1] and decided yet another new boolean option will be needed, thus introducing this API to save some bridge nl space. The API supports changing the value of multiple boolean options at once via the br_boolopt_multi struct which has an optmask (which options to set, bit per opt) and optval (options' new values). Future boolean options will only be added to the br_boolopt_id enum and then will have to be handled in br_boolopt_toggle/get. The API will automatically add the ability to change and export them via netlink, sysfs can use the single boolopt function versions to do the same. The behaviour with failing/succeeding is the same as with normal netlink option changing. If an option requires mapping to internal kernel flag or needs special configuration to be enabled then it should be handled in br_boolopt_toggle. It should also be able to retrieve an option's current state via br_boolopt_get. v2: WARN_ON() on unsupported option as that shouldn't be possible and also will help catch people who add new options without handling them for both set and get. Pass down extack so if an option desires it could set it on error and be more user-friendly. [1] https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg532698.html Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-24 02:34:20 +00:00
struct br_boolopt_multi bm;
u64 clockval;
clockval = br_timer_value(&br->hello_timer);
if (nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, IFLA_BR_HELLO_TIMER, clockval, IFLA_BR_PAD))
return -EMSGSIZE;
clockval = br_timer_value(&br->tcn_timer);
if (nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, IFLA_BR_TCN_TIMER, clockval, IFLA_BR_PAD))
return -EMSGSIZE;
clockval = br_timer_value(&br->topology_change_timer);
if (nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, IFLA_BR_TOPOLOGY_CHANGE_TIMER, clockval,
IFLA_BR_PAD))
return -EMSGSIZE;
clockval = br_timer_value(&br->gc_work.timer);
if (nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, IFLA_BR_GC_TIMER, clockval, IFLA_BR_PAD))
return -EMSGSIZE;
net: bridge: add support for user-controlled bool options We have been adding many new bridge options, a big number of which are boolean but still take up netlink attribute ids and waste space in the skb. Recently we discussed learning from link-local packets[1] and decided yet another new boolean option will be needed, thus introducing this API to save some bridge nl space. The API supports changing the value of multiple boolean options at once via the br_boolopt_multi struct which has an optmask (which options to set, bit per opt) and optval (options' new values). Future boolean options will only be added to the br_boolopt_id enum and then will have to be handled in br_boolopt_toggle/get. The API will automatically add the ability to change and export them via netlink, sysfs can use the single boolopt function versions to do the same. The behaviour with failing/succeeding is the same as with normal netlink option changing. If an option requires mapping to internal kernel flag or needs special configuration to be enabled then it should be handled in br_boolopt_toggle. It should also be able to retrieve an option's current state via br_boolopt_get. v2: WARN_ON() on unsupported option as that shouldn't be possible and also will help catch people who add new options without handling them for both set and get. Pass down extack so if an option desires it could set it on error and be more user-friendly. [1] https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg532698.html Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-24 02:34:20 +00:00
br_boolopt_multi_get(br, &bm);
if (nla_put_u32(skb, IFLA_BR_FORWARD_DELAY, forward_delay) ||
nla_put_u32(skb, IFLA_BR_HELLO_TIME, hello_time) ||
nla_put_u32(skb, IFLA_BR_MAX_AGE, age_time) ||
nla_put_u32(skb, IFLA_BR_AGEING_TIME, ageing_time) ||
nla_put_u32(skb, IFLA_BR_STP_STATE, stp_enabled) ||
nla_put_u16(skb, IFLA_BR_PRIORITY, priority) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BR_VLAN_FILTERING, vlan_enabled) ||
nla_put_u16(skb, IFLA_BR_GROUP_FWD_MASK, br->group_fwd_mask) ||
nla_put(skb, IFLA_BR_BRIDGE_ID, sizeof(struct ifla_bridge_id),
&br->bridge_id) ||
nla_put(skb, IFLA_BR_ROOT_ID, sizeof(struct ifla_bridge_id),
&br->designated_root) ||
nla_put_u16(skb, IFLA_BR_ROOT_PORT, br->root_port) ||
nla_put_u32(skb, IFLA_BR_ROOT_PATH_COST, br->root_path_cost) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BR_TOPOLOGY_CHANGE, br->topology_change) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BR_TOPOLOGY_CHANGE_DETECTED,
br->topology_change_detected) ||
net: bridge: add support for user-controlled bool options We have been adding many new bridge options, a big number of which are boolean but still take up netlink attribute ids and waste space in the skb. Recently we discussed learning from link-local packets[1] and decided yet another new boolean option will be needed, thus introducing this API to save some bridge nl space. The API supports changing the value of multiple boolean options at once via the br_boolopt_multi struct which has an optmask (which options to set, bit per opt) and optval (options' new values). Future boolean options will only be added to the br_boolopt_id enum and then will have to be handled in br_boolopt_toggle/get. The API will automatically add the ability to change and export them via netlink, sysfs can use the single boolopt function versions to do the same. The behaviour with failing/succeeding is the same as with normal netlink option changing. If an option requires mapping to internal kernel flag or needs special configuration to be enabled then it should be handled in br_boolopt_toggle. It should also be able to retrieve an option's current state via br_boolopt_get. v2: WARN_ON() on unsupported option as that shouldn't be possible and also will help catch people who add new options without handling them for both set and get. Pass down extack so if an option desires it could set it on error and be more user-friendly. [1] https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg532698.html Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-24 02:34:20 +00:00
nla_put(skb, IFLA_BR_GROUP_ADDR, ETH_ALEN, br->group_addr) ||
nla_put(skb, IFLA_BR_MULTI_BOOLOPT, sizeof(bm), &bm) ||
nla_put_u32(skb, IFLA_BR_FDB_N_LEARNED,
atomic_read(&br->fdb_n_learned)) ||
nla_put_u32(skb, IFLA_BR_FDB_MAX_LEARNED, br->fdb_max_learned))
return -EMSGSIZE;
#ifdef CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING
if (nla_put_be16(skb, IFLA_BR_VLAN_PROTOCOL, br->vlan_proto) ||
nla_put_u16(skb, IFLA_BR_VLAN_DEFAULT_PVID, br->default_pvid) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BR_VLAN_STATS_ENABLED,
br_opt_get(br, BROPT_VLAN_STATS_ENABLED)) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BR_VLAN_STATS_PER_PORT,
br_opt_get(br, BROPT_VLAN_STATS_PER_PORT)))
return -EMSGSIZE;
#endif
#ifdef CONFIG_BRIDGE_IGMP_SNOOPING
if (nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BR_MCAST_ROUTER,
br->multicast_ctx.multicast_router) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BR_MCAST_SNOOPING,
br_opt_get(br, BROPT_MULTICAST_ENABLED)) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERY_USE_IFADDR,
br_opt_get(br, BROPT_MULTICAST_QUERY_USE_IFADDR)) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERIER,
br->multicast_ctx.multicast_querier) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BR_MCAST_STATS_ENABLED,
br_opt_get(br, BROPT_MULTICAST_STATS_ENABLED)) ||
nla_put_u32(skb, IFLA_BR_MCAST_HASH_ELASTICITY, RHT_ELASTICITY) ||
nla_put_u32(skb, IFLA_BR_MCAST_HASH_MAX, br->hash_max) ||
nla_put_u32(skb, IFLA_BR_MCAST_LAST_MEMBER_CNT,
br->multicast_ctx.multicast_last_member_count) ||
nla_put_u32(skb, IFLA_BR_MCAST_STARTUP_QUERY_CNT,
br->multicast_ctx.multicast_startup_query_count) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BR_MCAST_IGMP_VERSION,
br->multicast_ctx.multicast_igmp_version) ||
br_multicast_dump_querier_state(skb, &br->multicast_ctx,
IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERIER_STATE))
return -EMSGSIZE;
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
if (nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BR_MCAST_MLD_VERSION,
br->multicast_ctx.multicast_mld_version))
return -EMSGSIZE;
#endif
clockval = jiffies_to_clock_t(br->multicast_ctx.multicast_last_member_interval);
if (nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, IFLA_BR_MCAST_LAST_MEMBER_INTVL, clockval,
IFLA_BR_PAD))
return -EMSGSIZE;
clockval = jiffies_to_clock_t(br->multicast_ctx.multicast_membership_interval);
if (nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, IFLA_BR_MCAST_MEMBERSHIP_INTVL, clockval,
IFLA_BR_PAD))
return -EMSGSIZE;
clockval = jiffies_to_clock_t(br->multicast_ctx.multicast_querier_interval);
if (nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERIER_INTVL, clockval,
IFLA_BR_PAD))
return -EMSGSIZE;
clockval = jiffies_to_clock_t(br->multicast_ctx.multicast_query_interval);
if (nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERY_INTVL, clockval,
IFLA_BR_PAD))
return -EMSGSIZE;
clockval = jiffies_to_clock_t(br->multicast_ctx.multicast_query_response_interval);
if (nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, IFLA_BR_MCAST_QUERY_RESPONSE_INTVL, clockval,
IFLA_BR_PAD))
return -EMSGSIZE;
clockval = jiffies_to_clock_t(br->multicast_ctx.multicast_startup_query_interval);
if (nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, IFLA_BR_MCAST_STARTUP_QUERY_INTVL, clockval,
IFLA_BR_PAD))
return -EMSGSIZE;
#endif
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_BRIDGE_NETFILTER)
if (nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BR_NF_CALL_IPTABLES,
br_opt_get(br, BROPT_NF_CALL_IPTABLES) ? 1 : 0) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BR_NF_CALL_IP6TABLES,
br_opt_get(br, BROPT_NF_CALL_IP6TABLES) ? 1 : 0) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_BR_NF_CALL_ARPTABLES,
br_opt_get(br, BROPT_NF_CALL_ARPTABLES) ? 1 : 0))
return -EMSGSIZE;
#endif
return 0;
}
static size_t br_get_linkxstats_size(const struct net_device *dev, int attr)
{
struct net_bridge_port *p = NULL;
struct net_bridge_vlan_group *vg;
struct net_bridge_vlan *v;
struct net_bridge *br;
int numvls = 0;
switch (attr) {
case IFLA_STATS_LINK_XSTATS:
br = netdev_priv(dev);
vg = br_vlan_group(br);
break;
case IFLA_STATS_LINK_XSTATS_SLAVE:
p = br_port_get_rtnl(dev);
if (!p)
return 0;
vg = nbp_vlan_group(p);
break;
default:
return 0;
}
if (vg) {
/* we need to count all, even placeholder entries */
list_for_each_entry(v, &vg->vlan_list, vlist)
numvls++;
}
return numvls * nla_total_size(sizeof(struct bridge_vlan_xstats)) +
nla_total_size_64bit(sizeof(struct br_mcast_stats)) +
(p ? nla_total_size_64bit(sizeof(p->stp_xstats)) : 0) +
nla_total_size(0);
}
static int br_fill_linkxstats(struct sk_buff *skb,
const struct net_device *dev,
int *prividx, int attr)
{
struct nlattr *nla __maybe_unused;
struct net_bridge_port *p = NULL;
struct net_bridge_vlan_group *vg;
struct net_bridge_vlan *v;
struct net_bridge *br;
struct nlattr *nest;
int vl_idx = 0;
switch (attr) {
case IFLA_STATS_LINK_XSTATS:
br = netdev_priv(dev);
vg = br_vlan_group(br);
break;
case IFLA_STATS_LINK_XSTATS_SLAVE:
p = br_port_get_rtnl(dev);
if (!p)
return 0;
br = p->br;
vg = nbp_vlan_group(p);
break;
default:
return -EINVAL;
}
nest = nla_nest_start_noflag(skb, LINK_XSTATS_TYPE_BRIDGE);
if (!nest)
return -EMSGSIZE;
if (vg) {
u16 pvid;
pvid = br_get_pvid(vg);
list_for_each_entry(v, &vg->vlan_list, vlist) {
struct bridge_vlan_xstats vxi;
struct pcpu_sw_netstats stats;
if (++vl_idx < *prividx)
continue;
memset(&vxi, 0, sizeof(vxi));
vxi.vid = v->vid;
vxi.flags = v->flags;
if (v->vid == pvid)
vxi.flags |= BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID;
br_vlan_get_stats(v, &stats);
vxi.rx_bytes = u64_stats_read(&stats.rx_bytes);
vxi.rx_packets = u64_stats_read(&stats.rx_packets);
vxi.tx_bytes = u64_stats_read(&stats.tx_bytes);
vxi.tx_packets = u64_stats_read(&stats.tx_packets);
if (nla_put(skb, BRIDGE_XSTATS_VLAN, sizeof(vxi), &vxi))
goto nla_put_failure;
}
}
#ifdef CONFIG_BRIDGE_IGMP_SNOOPING
if (++vl_idx >= *prividx) {
nla = nla_reserve_64bit(skb, BRIDGE_XSTATS_MCAST,
sizeof(struct br_mcast_stats),
BRIDGE_XSTATS_PAD);
if (!nla)
goto nla_put_failure;
br_multicast_get_stats(br, p, nla_data(nla));
}
#endif
if (p) {
nla = nla_reserve_64bit(skb, BRIDGE_XSTATS_STP,
sizeof(p->stp_xstats),
BRIDGE_XSTATS_PAD);
if (!nla)
goto nla_put_failure;
spin_lock_bh(&br->lock);
memcpy(nla_data(nla), &p->stp_xstats, sizeof(p->stp_xstats));
spin_unlock_bh(&br->lock);
}
nla_nest_end(skb, nest);
*prividx = 0;
return 0;
nla_put_failure:
nla_nest_end(skb, nest);
*prividx = vl_idx;
return -EMSGSIZE;
}
static struct rtnl_af_ops br_af_ops __read_mostly = {
.family = AF_BRIDGE,
.get_link_af_size = br_get_link_af_size_filtered,
};
struct rtnl_link_ops br_link_ops __read_mostly = {
.kind = "bridge",
.priv_size = sizeof(struct net_bridge),
.setup = br_dev_setup,
.maxtype = IFLA_BR_MAX,
.policy = br_policy,
.validate = br_validate,
.newlink = br_dev_newlink,
.changelink = br_changelink,
.dellink = br_dev_delete,
.get_size = br_get_size,
.fill_info = br_fill_info,
.fill_linkxstats = br_fill_linkxstats,
.get_linkxstats_size = br_get_linkxstats_size,
.slave_maxtype = IFLA_BRPORT_MAX,
.slave_policy = br_port_policy,
.slave_changelink = br_port_slave_changelink,
.get_slave_size = br_port_get_slave_size,
.fill_slave_info = br_port_fill_slave_info,
};
int __init br_netlink_init(void)
{
int err;
err = br_vlan_rtnl_init();
if (err)
goto out;
err = rtnl_af_register(&br_af_ops);
if (err)
goto out_vlan;
err = rtnl_link_register(&br_link_ops);
if (err)
goto out_af;
return 0;
out_af:
rtnl_af_unregister(&br_af_ops);
out_vlan:
br_vlan_rtnl_uninit();
out:
return err;
}
void br_netlink_fini(void)
{
br_vlan_rtnl_uninit();
rtnl_af_unregister(&br_af_ops);
rtnl_link_unregister(&br_link_ops);
}